Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/gtkutil.c @ 59077:294a7f7e3daf
(mode-line, mode-line-inactive): Use min-colors.
author | Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu> |
---|---|
date | Thu, 23 Dec 2004 18:28:13 +0000 |
parents | f8cddae7d959 |
children | 6a0b8f23858b f2ebccfa87d4 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
49323 | 1 /* Functions for creating and updating GTK widgets. |
2 Copyright (C) 2003 | |
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | |
4 | |
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
6 | |
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) | |
10 any later version. | |
11 | |
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | |
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, | |
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ | |
21 | |
22 #include "config.h" | |
23 | |
24 #ifdef USE_GTK | |
49359
14cf50ecf91a
gtkutil.c: Must include stdio.h before termhooks.h
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49325
diff
changeset
|
25 #include <string.h> |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
26 #include <signal.h> |
49359
14cf50ecf91a
gtkutil.c: Must include stdio.h before termhooks.h
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49325
diff
changeset
|
27 #include <stdio.h> |
49323 | 28 #include "lisp.h" |
29 #include "xterm.h" | |
30 #include "blockinput.h" | |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
31 #include "syssignal.h" |
49323 | 32 #include "window.h" |
33 #include "atimer.h" | |
34 #include "gtkutil.h" | |
35 #include "termhooks.h" | |
51408
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
36 #include "keyboard.h" |
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
37 #include "charset.h" |
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
38 #include "coding.h" |
49323 | 39 #include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h> |
40 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
41 |
49323 | 42 #define FRAME_TOTAL_PIXEL_HEIGHT(f) \ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
43 (FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f)) |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
44 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
45 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
46 /*********************************************************************** |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
47 Display handling functions |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
48 ***********************************************************************/ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
49 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
50 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
51 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
52 /* Return the GdkDisplay that corresponds to the X display DPY. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
53 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
54 static GdkDisplay * |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
55 xg_get_gdk_display (dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
56 Display *dpy; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
57 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
58 return gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
59 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
60 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
61 /* When the GTK widget W is to be created on a display for F that |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
62 is not the default display, set the display for W. |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
63 W can be a GtkMenu or a GtkWindow widget. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
64 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
65 static void |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
66 xg_set_screen (w, f) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
67 GtkWidget *w; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
68 FRAME_PTR f; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
69 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
70 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f) != GDK_DISPLAY ()) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
71 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
72 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
73 GdkScreen *gscreen = gdk_display_get_default_screen (gdpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
74 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
75 if (GTK_IS_MENU (w)) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
76 gtk_menu_set_screen (GTK_MENU (w), gscreen); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
77 else |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
78 gtk_window_set_screen (GTK_WINDOW (w), gscreen); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
79 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
80 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
81 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
82 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
83 #else /* not HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
84 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
85 /* Make some defines so we can use the GTK 2.2 functions when |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
86 compiling with GTK 2.0. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
87 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
88 #define xg_set_screen(w, f) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
89 #define gdk_xid_table_lookup_for_display(dpy, w) gdk_xid_table_lookup (w) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
90 #define gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display(dpy, p) gdk_pixmap_foreign_new (p) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
91 #define gdk_cursor_new_for_display(dpy, c) gdk_cursor_new (c) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
92 #define gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay(dpy) 0 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
93 #define GdkDisplay void |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
94 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
95 #endif /* not HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
96 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
97 /* Open a display named by DISPLAY_NAME. The display is returned in *DPY. |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
98 *DPY is set to NULL if the display can't be opened. |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
99 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
100 Returns non-zero if display could be opened, zero if display could not |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
101 be opened, and less than zero if the GTK version doesn't support |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
102 multipe displays. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
103 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
104 int |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
105 xg_display_open (display_name, dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
106 char *display_name; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
107 Display **dpy; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
108 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
109 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
110 GdkDisplay *gdpy; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
111 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
112 gdpy = gdk_display_open (display_name); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
113 *dpy = gdpy ? GDK_DISPLAY_XDISPLAY (gdpy) : NULL; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
114 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
115 return gdpy != NULL; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
116 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
117 #else /* not HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
118 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
119 return -1; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
120 #endif /* not HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
121 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
122 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
123 |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
124 /* Close display DPY. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
125 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
126 void |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
127 xg_display_close (Display *dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
128 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
129 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
130 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
131 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
132 /* GTK 2.2 has a bug that makes gdk_display_close crash (bug |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
133 http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). This way |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
134 we can continue running, but there will be memory leaks. */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
135 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
136 #if GTK_MAJOR_VERSION == 2 && GTK_MINOR_VERSION < 4 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
137 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
138 /* If this is the default display, we must change it before calling |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
139 dispose, otherwise it will crash. */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
140 if (gdk_display_get_default () == gdpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
141 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
142 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
143 Display *new_dpy = 0; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
144 GdkDisplay *gdpy_new; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
145 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
146 /* Find another display. */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
147 for (dpyinfo = x_display_list; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
148 if (dpyinfo->display != dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
149 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
150 new_dpy = dpyinfo->display; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
151 break; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
152 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
153 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
154 if (! new_dpy) return; /* Emacs will exit anyway. */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
155 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
156 gdpy_new = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (new_dpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
157 gdk_display_manager_set_default_display (gdk_display_manager_get (), |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
158 gdpy_new); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
159 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
160 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
161 g_object_run_dispose (G_OBJECT (gdpy)); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
162 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
163 #else |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
164 /* I hope this will be fixed in GTK 2.4. It is what bug 85715 says. */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
165 gdk_display_close (gdpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
166 #endif |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
167 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
168 } |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
169 |
49323 | 170 |
171 /*********************************************************************** | |
172 Utility functions | |
173 ***********************************************************************/ | |
174 /* The timer for scroll bar repetition and menu bar timeouts. | |
175 NULL if no timer is started. */ | |
176 static struct atimer *xg_timer; | |
177 | |
178 | |
179 /* The next two variables and functions are taken from lwlib. */ | |
180 static widget_value *widget_value_free_list; | |
181 static int malloc_cpt; | |
182 | |
183 /* Allocate a widget_value structure, either by taking one from the | |
184 widget_value_free_list or by malloc:ing a new one. | |
185 | |
186 Return a pointer to the allocated structure. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
187 |
49323 | 188 widget_value * |
189 malloc_widget_value () | |
190 { | |
191 widget_value *wv; | |
192 if (widget_value_free_list) | |
193 { | |
194 wv = widget_value_free_list; | |
195 widget_value_free_list = wv->free_list; | |
196 wv->free_list = 0; | |
197 } | |
198 else | |
199 { | |
200 wv = (widget_value *) malloc (sizeof (widget_value)); | |
201 malloc_cpt++; | |
202 } | |
203 memset (wv, 0, sizeof (widget_value)); | |
204 return wv; | |
205 } | |
206 | |
207 /* This is analogous to free. It frees only what was allocated | |
208 by malloc_widget_value, and no substructures. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
209 |
49323 | 210 void |
211 free_widget_value (wv) | |
212 widget_value *wv; | |
213 { | |
214 if (wv->free_list) | |
215 abort (); | |
216 | |
217 if (malloc_cpt > 25) | |
218 { | |
219 /* When the number of already allocated cells is too big, | |
220 We free it. */ | |
221 free (wv); | |
222 malloc_cpt--; | |
223 } | |
224 else | |
225 { | |
226 wv->free_list = widget_value_free_list; | |
227 widget_value_free_list = wv; | |
228 } | |
229 } | |
230 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
231 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
232 /* Create and return the cursor to be used for popup menus and |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
233 scroll bars on display DPY. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
234 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
235 GdkCursor * |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
236 xg_create_default_cursor (dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
237 Display *dpy; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
238 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
239 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
240 return gdk_cursor_new_for_display (gdpy, GDK_LEFT_PTR); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
241 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
242 |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
243 /* For the image defined in IMG, make and return a GtkImage. For displays with |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
244 8 planes or less we must make a GdkPixbuf and apply the mask manually. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
245 Otherwise the highlightning and dimming the tool bar code in GTK does |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
246 will look bad. For display with more than 8 planes we just use the |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
247 pixmap and mask directly. For monochrome displays, GTK doesn't seem |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
248 able to use external pixmaps, it looks bad whatever we do. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
249 The image is defined on the display where frame F is. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
250 WIDGET is used to find the GdkColormap to use for the GdkPixbuf. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
251 If OLD_WIDGET is NULL, a new widget is constructed and returned. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
252 If OLD_WIDGET is not NULL, that widget is modified. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
253 |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
254 static GtkWidget * |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
255 xg_get_image_for_pixmap (f, img, widget, old_widget) |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
256 FRAME_PTR f; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
257 struct image *img; |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
258 GtkWidget *widget; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
259 GtkImage *old_widget; |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
260 { |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
261 GdkPixmap *gpix; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
262 GdkPixmap *gmask; |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
263 GdkDisplay *gdpy; |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
264 |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
265 /* If we are on a one bit display, let GTK do all the image handling. |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
266 This seems to be the only way to make insensitive and activated icons |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
267 look good. */ |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
268 if (x_screen_planes (f) == 1) |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
269 { |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
270 Lisp_Object specified_file = Qnil; |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
271 Lisp_Object tail; |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
272 extern Lisp_Object QCfile; |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
273 |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
274 for (tail = XCDR (img->spec); |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
275 NILP (specified_file) && CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCDR (tail)); |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
276 tail = XCDR (XCDR (tail))) |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
277 if (EQ (XCAR (tail), QCfile)) |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
278 specified_file = XCAR (XCDR (tail)); |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
279 |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
280 if (STRINGP (specified_file)) |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
281 { |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
282 |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
283 Lisp_Object file = Qnil; |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
284 struct gcpro gcpro1; |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
285 GCPRO1 (file); |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
286 |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
287 file = x_find_image_file (specified_file); |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
288 /* We already loaded the image once before calling this |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
289 function, so this should not fail. */ |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
290 xassert (STRINGP (file) != 0); |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
291 |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
292 if (! old_widget) |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
293 old_widget = GTK_IMAGE (gtk_image_new_from_file (SDATA (file))); |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
294 else |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
295 gtk_image_set_from_file (old_widget, SDATA (file)); |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
296 |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
297 UNGCPRO; |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
298 return GTK_WIDGET (old_widget); |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
299 } |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
300 } |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
301 |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
302 gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
303 gpix = gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, img->pixmap); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
304 gmask = img->mask ? gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, img->mask) : 0; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
305 |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
306 if (x_screen_planes (f) > 8 || x_screen_planes (f) == 1) |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
307 { |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
308 if (! old_widget) |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
309 old_widget = GTK_IMAGE (gtk_image_new_from_pixmap (gpix, gmask)); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
310 else |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
311 gtk_image_set_from_pixmap (old_widget, gpix, gmask); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
312 } |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
313 else |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
314 { |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
315 /* This is a workaround to make icons look good on pseudo color |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
316 displays. Apparently GTK expects the images to have an alpha |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
317 channel. If they don't, insensitive and activated icons will |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
318 look bad. This workaround does not work on monochrome displays, |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
319 and is not needed on true color/static color displays (i.e. |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
320 16 bits and higher). */ |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
321 int x, y, width, height, rowstride, mask_rowstride; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
322 GdkPixbuf *icon_buf, *tmp_buf; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
323 guchar *pixels; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
324 guchar *mask_pixels; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
325 |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
326 gdk_drawable_get_size (gpix, &width, &height); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
327 tmp_buf = gdk_pixbuf_get_from_drawable (NULL, |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
328 gpix, |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
329 gtk_widget_get_colormap (widget), |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
330 0, 0, 0, 0, width, height); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
331 icon_buf = gdk_pixbuf_add_alpha (tmp_buf, FALSE, 0, 0, 0); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
332 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (tmp_buf)); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
333 |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
334 if (gmask) |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
335 { |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
336 GdkPixbuf *mask_buf = gdk_pixbuf_get_from_drawable (NULL, |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
337 gmask, |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
338 NULL, |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
339 0, 0, 0, 0, |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
340 width, height); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
341 guchar *pixels = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels (icon_buf); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
342 guchar *mask_pixels = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels (mask_buf); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
343 int rowstride = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride (icon_buf); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
344 int mask_rowstride = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride (mask_buf); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
345 int y; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
346 |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
347 for (y = 0; y < height; ++y) |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
348 { |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
349 guchar *iconptr, *maskptr; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
350 int x; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
351 |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
352 iconptr = pixels + y * rowstride; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
353 maskptr = mask_pixels + y * mask_rowstride; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
354 |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
355 for (x = 0; x < width; ++x) |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
356 { |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
357 /* In a bitmap, RGB is either 255/255/255 or 0/0/0. Checking |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
358 just R is sufficient. */ |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
359 if (maskptr[0] == 0) |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
360 iconptr[3] = 0; /* 0, 1, 2 is R, G, B. 3 is alpha. */ |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
361 |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
362 iconptr += rowstride/width; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
363 maskptr += mask_rowstride/width; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
364 } |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
365 } |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
366 |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
367 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (mask_buf)); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
368 } |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
369 |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
370 if (! old_widget) |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
371 old_widget = GTK_IMAGE (gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf (icon_buf)); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
372 else |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
373 gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf (old_widget, icon_buf); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
374 |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
375 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (icon_buf)); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
376 } |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
377 |
56268
9853134cd610
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Call g_object_unref on
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56112
diff
changeset
|
378 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gpix)); |
9853134cd610
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Call g_object_unref on
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56112
diff
changeset
|
379 if (gmask) g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gmask)); |
9853134cd610
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Call g_object_unref on
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56112
diff
changeset
|
380 |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
381 return GTK_WIDGET (old_widget); |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
382 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
383 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
384 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
385 /* Set CURSOR on W and all widgets W contain. We must do like this |
49323 | 386 for scroll bars and menu because they create widgets internally, |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
387 and it is those widgets that are visible. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
388 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
389 static void |
49323 | 390 xg_set_cursor (w, cursor) |
391 GtkWidget *w; | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
392 GdkCursor *cursor; |
49323 | 393 { |
394 GList *children = gdk_window_peek_children (w->window); | |
395 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
396 gdk_window_set_cursor (w->window, cursor); |
49323 | 397 |
398 /* The scroll bar widget has more than one GDK window (had to look at | |
399 the source to figure this out), and there is no way to set cursor | |
400 on widgets in GTK. So we must set the cursor for all GDK windows. | |
401 Ditto for menus. */ | |
402 | |
403 for ( ; children; children = g_list_next (children)) | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
404 gdk_window_set_cursor (GDK_WINDOW (children->data), cursor); |
49323 | 405 } |
406 | |
407 /* Timer function called when a timeout occurs for xg_timer. | |
408 This function processes all GTK events in a recursive event loop. | |
409 This is done because GTK timer events are not seen by Emacs event | |
410 detection, Emacs only looks for X events. When a scroll bar has the | |
411 pointer (detected by button press/release events below) an Emacs | |
412 timer is started, and this function can then check if the GTK timer | |
413 has expired by calling the GTK event loop. | |
414 Also, when a menu is active, it has a small timeout before it | |
415 pops down the sub menu under it. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
416 |
49323 | 417 static void |
418 xg_process_timeouts (timer) | |
419 struct atimer *timer; | |
420 { | |
421 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
422 /* Ideally we would like to just handle timer events, like the Xt version | |
423 of this does in xterm.c, but there is no such feature in GTK. */ | |
424 while (gtk_events_pending ()) | |
425 gtk_main_iteration (); | |
426 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
427 } | |
428 | |
429 /* Start the xg_timer with an interval of 0.1 seconds, if not already started. | |
430 xg_process_timeouts is called when the timer expires. The timer | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
431 started is continuous, i.e. runs until xg_stop_timer is called. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
432 |
49323 | 433 static void |
434 xg_start_timer () | |
435 { | |
436 if (! xg_timer) | |
437 { | |
438 EMACS_TIME interval; | |
439 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval, 0, 100000); | |
440 xg_timer = start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS, | |
441 interval, | |
442 xg_process_timeouts, | |
443 0); | |
444 } | |
445 } | |
446 | |
447 /* Stop the xg_timer if started. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
448 |
49323 | 449 static void |
450 xg_stop_timer () | |
451 { | |
452 if (xg_timer) | |
453 { | |
454 cancel_atimer (xg_timer); | |
455 xg_timer = 0; | |
456 } | |
457 } | |
458 | |
459 /* Insert NODE into linked LIST. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
460 |
49323 | 461 static void |
462 xg_list_insert (xg_list_node *list, xg_list_node *node) | |
463 { | |
464 xg_list_node *list_start = list->next; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
465 |
49323 | 466 if (list_start) list_start->prev = node; |
467 node->next = list_start; | |
468 node->prev = 0; | |
469 list->next = node; | |
470 } | |
471 | |
472 /* Remove NODE from linked LIST. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
473 |
49323 | 474 static void |
475 xg_list_remove (xg_list_node *list, xg_list_node *node) | |
476 { | |
477 xg_list_node *list_start = list->next; | |
478 if (node == list_start) | |
479 { | |
480 list->next = node->next; | |
481 if (list->next) list->next->prev = 0; | |
482 } | |
483 else | |
484 { | |
485 node->prev->next = node->next; | |
486 if (node->next) node->next->prev = node->prev; | |
487 } | |
488 } | |
489 | |
490 /* Allocate and return a utf8 version of STR. If STR is already | |
491 utf8 or NULL, just return STR. | |
492 If not, a new string is allocated and the caller must free the result | |
493 with g_free. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
494 |
49323 | 495 static char * |
496 get_utf8_string (str) | |
497 char *str; | |
498 { | |
499 char *utf8_str = str; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
500 |
49323 | 501 /* If not UTF-8, try current locale. */ |
502 if (str && !g_utf8_validate (str, -1, NULL)) | |
503 utf8_str = g_locale_to_utf8 (str, -1, 0, 0, 0); | |
504 | |
505 return utf8_str; | |
506 } | |
507 | |
508 | |
509 | |
510 /*********************************************************************** | |
511 General functions for creating widgets, resizing, events, e.t.c. | |
512 ***********************************************************************/ | |
513 | |
514 /* Make a geometry string and pass that to GTK. It seems this is the | |
515 only way to get geometry position right if the user explicitly | |
516 asked for a position when starting Emacs. | |
517 F is the frame we shall set geometry for. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
518 |
49323 | 519 static void |
520 xg_set_geometry (f) | |
521 FRAME_PTR f; | |
522 { | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
523 if (f->size_hint_flags & USPosition) |
49323 | 524 { |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
525 int left = f->left_pos; |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
526 int xneg = f->size_hint_flags & XNegative; |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
527 int top = f->top_pos; |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
528 int yneg = f->size_hint_flags & YNegative; |
49323 | 529 char geom_str[32]; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
530 |
49323 | 531 if (xneg) |
532 left = -left; | |
533 if (yneg) | |
534 top = -top; | |
535 | |
536 sprintf (geom_str, "=%dx%d%c%d%c%d", | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
537 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f), |
49323 | 538 FRAME_TOTAL_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f), |
539 (xneg ? '-' : '+'), left, | |
540 (yneg ? '-' : '+'), top); | |
541 | |
542 if (!gtk_window_parse_geometry (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), | |
543 geom_str)) | |
544 fprintf (stderr, "Failed to parse: '%s'\n", geom_str); | |
545 } | |
546 } | |
547 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
548 |
49323 | 549 /* Resize the outer window of frame F after chainging the height. |
550 This happend when the menu bar or the tool bar is added or removed. | |
551 COLUMNS/ROWS is the size the edit area shall have after the resize. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
552 |
49323 | 553 static void |
554 xg_resize_outer_widget (f, columns, rows) | |
555 FRAME_PTR f; | |
556 int columns; | |
557 int rows; | |
558 { | |
559 gtk_window_resize (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
560 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f), FRAME_TOTAL_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)); |
49323 | 561 |
562 /* base_height is now changed. */ | |
563 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, 0, 0); | |
564 | |
565 /* If we are not mapped yet, set geometry once again, as window | |
566 height now have changed. */ | |
567 if (! GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))) | |
568 xg_set_geometry (f); | |
569 | |
570 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, columns, rows); | |
571 gdk_window_process_all_updates (); | |
572 } | |
573 | |
574 /* Function to handle resize of our widgets. Since Emacs has some layouts | |
575 that does not fit well with GTK standard containers, we do most layout | |
576 manually. | |
577 F is the frame to resize. | |
578 PIXELWIDTH, PIXELHEIGHT is the new size in pixels. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
579 |
49323 | 580 void |
581 xg_resize_widgets (f, pixelwidth, pixelheight) | |
582 FRAME_PTR f; | |
583 int pixelwidth, pixelheight; | |
584 { | |
585 int mbheight = FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f); | |
586 int tbheight = FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f); | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
587 int rows = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f, (pixelheight |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
588 - mbheight - tbheight)); |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
589 int columns = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f, pixelwidth); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
590 |
49323 | 591 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f) |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
592 && (columns != FRAME_COLS (f) |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
593 || rows != FRAME_LINES (f) |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
594 || pixelwidth != FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
595 || pixelheight != FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f))) |
49323 | 596 { |
597 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
598 GtkAllocation all; | |
599 | |
600 all.y = mbheight + tbheight; | |
601 all.x = 0; | |
602 | |
603 all.width = pixelwidth; | |
604 all.height = pixelheight - mbheight - tbheight; | |
605 | |
606 gtk_widget_size_allocate (x->edit_widget, &all); | |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
607 |
49323 | 608 change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1, 0); |
609 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
610 cancel_mouse_face (f); | |
611 } | |
612 } | |
613 | |
614 | |
615 /* Update our widget size to be COLS/ROWS characters for frame F. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
616 |
49323 | 617 void |
618 xg_frame_set_char_size (f, cols, rows) | |
619 FRAME_PTR f; | |
620 int cols; | |
621 int rows; | |
622 { | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
623 int pixelheight = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows) |
49323 | 624 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f); |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
625 int pixelwidth; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
626 |
49323 | 627 /* Take into account the size of the scroll bar. Always use the |
628 number of columns occupied by the scroll bar here otherwise we | |
629 might end up with a frame width that is not a multiple of the | |
630 frame's character width which is bad for vertically split | |
631 windows. */ | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
632 f->scroll_bar_actual_width |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
633 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
49323 | 634 |
50099
a62497b91c74
Use generic compute_fringe_widths.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50063
diff
changeset
|
635 compute_fringe_widths (f, 0); |
49323 | 636 |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
637 /* FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH uses scroll_bar_actual_width, so call it |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
638 after calculating that value. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
639 pixelwidth = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols); |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
640 |
49323 | 641 /* Must resize our top level widget. Font size may have changed, |
642 but not rows/cols. */ | |
643 gtk_window_resize (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), | |
644 pixelwidth, pixelheight); | |
645 xg_resize_widgets (f, pixelwidth, pixelheight); | |
53275
a07a0bae1990
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Call x_wm_set_size_hint.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53069
diff
changeset
|
646 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, 0, 0); |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
647 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
648 cancel_mouse_face (f); |
49323 | 649 } |
650 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
651 /* Convert an X Window WSESC on display DPY to its corresponding GtkWidget. |
49323 | 652 Must be done like this, because GtkWidget:s can have "hidden" |
653 X Window that aren't accessible. | |
654 | |
655 Return 0 if no widget match WDESC. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
656 |
49323 | 657 GtkWidget * |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
658 xg_win_to_widget (dpy, wdesc) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
659 Display *dpy; |
49323 | 660 Window wdesc; |
661 { | |
662 gpointer gdkwin; | |
663 GtkWidget *gwdesc = 0; | |
664 | |
665 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
666 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
667 gdkwin = gdk_xid_table_lookup_for_display (gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy), |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
668 wdesc); |
49323 | 669 if (gdkwin) |
670 { | |
671 GdkEvent event; | |
672 event.any.window = gdkwin; | |
673 gwdesc = gtk_get_event_widget (&event); | |
674 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
675 |
49323 | 676 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
677 return gwdesc; | |
678 } | |
679 | |
680 /* Fill in the GdkColor C so that it represents PIXEL. | |
681 W is the widget that color will be used for. Used to find colormap. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
682 |
49323 | 683 static void |
684 xg_pix_to_gcolor (w, pixel, c) | |
685 GtkWidget *w; | |
686 unsigned long pixel; | |
687 GdkColor *c; | |
688 { | |
689 GdkColormap *map = gtk_widget_get_colormap (w); | |
690 gdk_colormap_query_color (map, pixel, c); | |
691 } | |
692 | |
693 /* Create and set up the GTK widgets for frame F. | |
694 Return 0 if creation failed, non-zero otherwise. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
695 |
49323 | 696 int |
697 xg_create_frame_widgets (f) | |
698 FRAME_PTR f; | |
699 { | |
700 GtkWidget *wtop; | |
701 GtkWidget *wvbox; | |
702 GtkWidget *wfixed; | |
703 GdkColor bg; | |
704 GtkRcStyle *style; | |
705 int i; | |
706 char *title = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
707 |
49323 | 708 BLOCK_INPUT; |
709 | |
710 wtop = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
711 xg_set_screen (wtop, f); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
712 |
49323 | 713 wvbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
714 wfixed = gtk_fixed_new (); /* Must have this to place scroll bars */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
715 |
49323 | 716 if (! wtop || ! wvbox || ! wfixed) |
717 { | |
718 if (wtop) gtk_widget_destroy (wtop); | |
719 if (wvbox) gtk_widget_destroy (wvbox); | |
720 if (wfixed) gtk_widget_destroy (wfixed); | |
721 | |
722 return 0; | |
723 } | |
724 | |
725 /* Use same names as the Xt port does. I.e. Emacs.pane.emacs by default */ | |
726 gtk_widget_set_name (wtop, EMACS_CLASS); | |
727 gtk_widget_set_name (wvbox, "pane"); | |
728 gtk_widget_set_name (wfixed, SDATA (Vx_resource_name)); | |
729 | |
730 /* If this frame has a title or name, set it in the title bar. */ | |
51408
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
731 if (! NILP (f->title)) title = SDATA (ENCODE_UTF_8 (f->title)); |
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
732 else if (! NILP (f->name)) title = SDATA (ENCODE_UTF_8 (f->name)); |
49323 | 733 |
734 if (title) gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), title); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
735 |
49323 | 736 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f) = wtop; |
737 FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f) = wfixed; | |
738 f->output_data.x->vbox_widget = wvbox; | |
739 | |
740 gtk_fixed_set_has_window (GTK_FIXED (wfixed), TRUE); | |
741 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
742 gtk_widget_set_size_request (wfixed, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f), |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
743 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
744 |
49323 | 745 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (wtop), wvbox); |
746 gtk_box_pack_end (GTK_BOX (wvbox), wfixed, TRUE, TRUE, 0); | |
747 | |
748 if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f)) | |
749 update_frame_tool_bar (f); | |
750 | |
751 /* The tool bar is created but first there are no items in it. | |
752 This causes it to be zero height. Later items are added, but then | |
753 the frame is already mapped, so there is a "jumping" resize. | |
754 This makes geometry handling difficult, for example -0-0 will end | |
755 up in the wrong place as tool bar height has not been taken into account. | |
756 So we cheat a bit by setting a height that is what it will have | |
757 later on when tool bar items are added. */ | |
56804
3f2598db97ac
* gtkutil.c (xg_create_frame_widgets): Compensate for tool bar when
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56269
diff
changeset
|
758 if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f) && f->n_tool_bar_items == 0) |
49323 | 759 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = 34; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
760 |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
761 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
762 /* We don't want this widget double buffered, because we draw on it |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
763 with regular X drawing primitives, so from a GTK/GDK point of |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
764 view, the widget is totally blank. When an expose comes, this |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
765 will make the widget blank, and then Emacs redraws it. This flickers |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
766 a lot, so we turn off double buffering. */ |
49323 | 767 gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (wfixed, FALSE); |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
768 |
49323 | 769 /* GTK documents says use gtk_window_set_resizable. But then a user |
770 can't shrink the window from its starting size. */ | |
771 gtk_window_set_policy (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), TRUE, TRUE, TRUE); | |
772 gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), | |
773 SDATA (Vx_resource_name), | |
774 SDATA (Vx_resource_class)); | |
775 | |
776 /* Add callback to do nothing on WM_DELETE_WINDOW. The default in | |
777 GTK is to destroy the widget. We want Emacs to do that instead. */ | |
778 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wtop), "delete-event", | |
779 G_CALLBACK (gtk_true), 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
780 |
49323 | 781 /* Convert our geometry parameters into a geometry string |
782 and specify it. | |
783 GTK will itself handle calculating the real position this way. */ | |
784 xg_set_geometry (f); | |
785 | |
786 gtk_widget_add_events (wfixed, | |
787 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK | |
788 | GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK | |
789 | GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK | |
790 | GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK | |
791 | GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK | |
792 | GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK | |
793 | GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK | |
794 | GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK | |
795 | GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK | |
796 | GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK); | |
797 | |
798 /* Must realize the windows so the X window gets created. It is used | |
799 by callers of this function. */ | |
800 gtk_widget_realize (wfixed); | |
801 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) = GTK_WIDGET_TO_X_WIN (wfixed); | |
802 | |
803 /* Since GTK clears its window by filling with the background color, | |
804 we must keep X and GTK background in sync. */ | |
805 xg_pix_to_gcolor (wfixed, f->output_data.x->background_pixel, &bg); | |
806 gtk_widget_modify_bg (wfixed, GTK_STATE_NORMAL, &bg); | |
807 | |
808 /* Also, do not let any background pixmap to be set, this looks very | |
809 bad as Emacs overwrites the background pixmap with its own idea | |
810 of background color. */ | |
811 style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (wfixed); | |
812 | |
813 /* Must use g_strdup because gtk_widget_modify_style does g_free. */ | |
814 style->bg_pixmap_name[GTK_STATE_NORMAL] = g_strdup ("<none>"); | |
815 gtk_widget_modify_style (wfixed, style); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
816 |
49323 | 817 /* GTK does not set any border, and they look bad with GTK. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
818 f->border_width = 0; |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
819 f->internal_border_width = 0; |
49323 | 820 |
821 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
822 | |
823 return 1; | |
824 } | |
825 | |
826 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F. | |
827 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags | |
828 that the window now has. | |
829 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the User Position | |
830 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
831 |
49323 | 832 void |
833 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position) | |
834 FRAME_PTR f; | |
835 long flags; | |
836 int user_position; | |
837 { | |
838 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) | |
839 { | |
840 /* Must use GTK routines here, otherwise GTK resets the size hints | |
841 to its own defaults. */ | |
842 GdkGeometry size_hints; | |
843 gint hint_flags = 0; | |
844 int base_width, base_height; | |
845 int min_rows = 0, min_cols = 0; | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
846 int win_gravity = f->win_gravity; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
847 |
49323 | 848 if (flags) |
849 { | |
850 memset (&size_hints, 0, sizeof (size_hints)); | |
851 f->output_data.x->size_hints = size_hints; | |
852 f->output_data.x->hint_flags = hint_flags; | |
853 } | |
854 else | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
855 flags = f->size_hint_flags; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
856 |
49323 | 857 size_hints = f->output_data.x->size_hints; |
858 hint_flags = f->output_data.x->hint_flags; | |
859 | |
860 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_RESIZE_INC | GDK_HINT_MIN_SIZE; | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
861 size_hints.width_inc = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
862 size_hints.height_inc = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f); |
49323 | 863 |
864 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_BASE_SIZE; | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
865 base_width = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0); |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
866 base_height = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0) |
49323 | 867 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f); |
868 | |
869 check_frame_size (f, &min_rows, &min_cols); | |
870 | |
871 size_hints.base_width = base_width; | |
872 size_hints.base_height = base_height; | |
873 size_hints.min_width = base_width + min_cols * size_hints.width_inc; | |
874 size_hints.min_height = base_height + min_rows * size_hints.height_inc; | |
875 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
876 |
49323 | 877 /* These currently have a one to one mapping with the X values, but I |
878 don't think we should rely on that. */ | |
879 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_WIN_GRAVITY; | |
880 size_hints.win_gravity = 0; | |
881 if (win_gravity == NorthWestGravity) | |
882 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST; | |
883 else if (win_gravity == NorthGravity) | |
884 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH; | |
885 else if (win_gravity == NorthEastGravity) | |
886 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_EAST; | |
887 else if (win_gravity == WestGravity) | |
888 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_WEST; | |
889 else if (win_gravity == CenterGravity) | |
890 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_CENTER; | |
891 else if (win_gravity == EastGravity) | |
892 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_EAST; | |
893 else if (win_gravity == SouthWestGravity) | |
894 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH_WEST; | |
895 else if (win_gravity == SouthGravity) | |
896 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH; | |
897 else if (win_gravity == SouthEastGravity) | |
898 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH_EAST; | |
899 else if (win_gravity == StaticGravity) | |
900 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_STATIC; | |
901 | |
902 if (flags & PPosition) hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_POS; | |
903 if (flags & USPosition) hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_USER_POS; | |
904 if (flags & USSize) hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_USER_SIZE; | |
905 | |
906 if (user_position) | |
907 { | |
908 hint_flags &= ~GDK_HINT_POS; | |
909 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_USER_POS; | |
910 } | |
911 | |
912 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
913 | |
914 gtk_window_set_geometry_hints (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), | |
915 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f), | |
916 &size_hints, | |
917 hint_flags); | |
918 | |
919 f->output_data.x->size_hints = size_hints; | |
920 f->output_data.x->hint_flags = hint_flags; | |
921 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
922 } | |
923 } | |
924 | |
925 /* Change background color of a frame. | |
926 Since GTK uses the background colour to clear the window, we must | |
927 keep the GTK and X colors in sync. | |
928 F is the frame to change, | |
929 BG is the pixel value to change to. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
930 |
49323 | 931 void |
932 xg_set_background_color (f, bg) | |
933 FRAME_PTR f; | |
934 unsigned long bg; | |
935 { | |
936 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)) | |
937 { | |
938 GdkColor gdk_bg; | |
939 | |
940 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
941 xg_pix_to_gcolor (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), bg, &gdk_bg); | |
942 gtk_widget_modify_bg (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), GTK_STATE_NORMAL, &gdk_bg); | |
943 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
944 } | |
945 } | |
946 | |
947 | |
948 | |
949 /*********************************************************************** | |
950 Dialog functions | |
951 ***********************************************************************/ | |
952 /* Return the dialog title to use for a dialog of type KEY. | |
953 This is the encoding used by lwlib. We use the same for GTK. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
954 |
49323 | 955 static char * |
956 get_dialog_title (char key) | |
957 { | |
958 char *title = ""; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
959 |
49323 | 960 switch (key) { |
961 case 'E': case 'e': | |
962 title = "Error"; | |
963 break; | |
964 | |
965 case 'I': case 'i': | |
966 title = "Information"; | |
967 break; | |
968 | |
969 case 'L': case 'l': | |
970 title = "Prompt"; | |
971 break; | |
972 | |
973 case 'P': case 'p': | |
974 title = "Prompt"; | |
975 break; | |
976 | |
977 case 'Q': case 'q': | |
978 title = "Question"; | |
979 break; | |
980 } | |
981 | |
982 return title; | |
983 } | |
984 | |
985 /* Callback for dialogs that get WM_DELETE_WINDOW. We pop down | |
986 the dialog, but return TRUE so the event does not propagate further | |
987 in GTK. This prevents GTK from destroying the dialog widget automatically | |
988 and we can always destrou the widget manually, regardles of how | |
989 it was popped down (button press or WM_DELETE_WINDOW). | |
990 W is the dialog widget. | |
991 EVENT is the GdkEvent that represents WM_DELETE_WINDOW (not used). | |
992 user_data is NULL (not used). | |
993 | |
994 Returns TRUE to end propagation of event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
995 |
49323 | 996 static gboolean |
997 dialog_delete_callback (w, event, user_data) | |
998 GtkWidget *w; | |
999 GdkEvent *event; | |
1000 gpointer user_data; | |
1001 { | |
1002 gtk_widget_unmap (w); | |
1003 return TRUE; | |
1004 } | |
1005 | |
1006 /* Create a popup dialog window. See also xg_create_widget below. | |
1007 WV is a widget_value describing the dialog. | |
1008 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a button has been pressed. | |
1009 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when the dialog pops down. | |
1010 | |
1011 Returns the GTK dialog widget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1012 |
49323 | 1013 static GtkWidget * |
1014 create_dialog (wv, select_cb, deactivate_cb) | |
1015 widget_value *wv; | |
1016 GCallback select_cb; | |
1017 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
1018 { | |
1019 char *title = get_dialog_title (wv->name[0]); | |
1020 int total_buttons = wv->name[1] - '0'; | |
1021 int right_buttons = wv->name[4] - '0'; | |
1022 int left_buttons; | |
1023 int button_nr = 0; | |
1024 int button_spacing = 10; | |
1025 GtkWidget *wdialog = gtk_dialog_new (); | |
1026 widget_value *item; | |
1027 GtkBox *cur_box; | |
1028 GtkWidget *wvbox; | |
1029 GtkWidget *whbox_up; | |
1030 GtkWidget *whbox_down; | |
1031 | |
1032 /* If the number of buttons is greater than 4, make two rows of buttons | |
1033 instead. This looks better. */ | |
1034 int make_two_rows = total_buttons > 4; | |
1035 | |
1036 if (right_buttons == 0) right_buttons = total_buttons/2; | |
1037 left_buttons = total_buttons - right_buttons; | |
1038 | |
1039 gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (wdialog), title); | |
1040 gtk_widget_set_name (wdialog, "emacs-dialog"); | |
1041 | |
1042 cur_box = GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (wdialog)->action_area); | |
1043 | |
1044 if (make_two_rows) | |
1045 { | |
1046 wvbox = gtk_vbox_new (TRUE, button_spacing); | |
1047 whbox_up = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); | |
1048 whbox_down = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); | |
1049 | |
1050 gtk_box_pack_start (cur_box, wvbox, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1051 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wvbox), whbox_up, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1052 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wvbox), whbox_down, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1053 | |
1054 cur_box = GTK_BOX (whbox_up); | |
1055 } | |
1056 | |
1057 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wdialog), "delete-event", | |
1058 G_CALLBACK (dialog_delete_callback), 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1059 |
49323 | 1060 if (deactivate_cb) |
1061 { | |
1062 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wdialog), "close", deactivate_cb, 0); | |
1063 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wdialog), "response", deactivate_cb, 0); | |
1064 } | |
1065 | |
1066 for (item = wv->contents; item; item = item->next) | |
1067 { | |
1068 char *utf8_label = get_utf8_string (item->value); | |
1069 GtkWidget *w; | |
1070 GtkRequisition req; | |
1071 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
1072 if (item->name && strcmp (item->name, "message") == 0) |
49323 | 1073 { |
1074 /* This is the text part of the dialog. */ | |
1075 w = gtk_label_new (utf8_label); | |
1076 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (wdialog)->vbox), | |
1077 gtk_label_new (""), | |
1078 FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1079 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (wdialog)->vbox), w, | |
1080 TRUE, TRUE, 0); | |
1081 gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (w), 0.1, 0.5); | |
1082 | |
1083 /* Try to make dialog look better. Must realize first so | |
1084 the widget can calculate the size it needs. */ | |
1085 gtk_widget_realize (w); | |
1086 gtk_widget_size_request (w, &req); | |
1087 gtk_box_set_spacing (GTK_BOX (GTK_DIALOG (wdialog)->vbox), | |
1088 req.height); | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
1089 if (item->value && strlen (item->value) > 0) |
49323 | 1090 button_spacing = 2*req.width/strlen (item->value); |
1091 } | |
1092 else | |
1093 { | |
1094 /* This is one button to add to the dialog. */ | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1095 w = gtk_button_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1096 if (! item->enabled) |
1097 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); | |
1098 if (select_cb) | |
1099 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "clicked", | |
1100 select_cb, item->call_data); | |
1101 | |
1102 gtk_box_pack_start (cur_box, w, TRUE, TRUE, button_spacing); | |
1103 if (++button_nr == left_buttons) | |
1104 { | |
1105 if (make_two_rows) | |
1106 cur_box = GTK_BOX (whbox_down); | |
1107 else | |
1108 gtk_box_pack_start (cur_box, | |
1109 gtk_label_new (""), | |
1110 TRUE, TRUE, | |
1111 button_spacing); | |
1112 } | |
1113 } | |
1114 | |
1115 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != item->value) | |
1116 g_free (utf8_label); | |
1117 } | |
1118 | |
1119 return wdialog; | |
1120 } | |
1121 | |
1122 | |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1123 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1124 /*********************************************************************** |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1125 File dialog functions |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1126 ***********************************************************************/ |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1127 /* Function that is called when the file dialog pops down. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1128 W is the dialog widget, RESPONSE is the response code. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1129 USER_DATA is what we passed in to g_signal_connect (pointer to int). */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1130 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1131 static void |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1132 xg_file_response_cb (w, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1133 response, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1134 user_data) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1135 GtkDialog *w; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1136 gint response; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1137 gpointer user_data; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1138 { |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1139 int *ptr = (int *) user_data; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1140 *ptr = response; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1141 } |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1142 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1143 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1144 /* Destroy the dialog. This makes it pop down. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1145 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1146 static Lisp_Object |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1147 pop_down_file_dialog (arg) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1148 Lisp_Object arg; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1149 { |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1150 struct Lisp_Save_Value *p = XSAVE_VALUE (arg); |
58201
d433adb0e42c
Add BLOCK_INPUT in pop_down_file_dialog.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58200
diff
changeset
|
1151 BLOCK_INPUT; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1152 gtk_widget_destroy (GTK_WIDGET (p->pointer)); |
58201
d433adb0e42c
Add BLOCK_INPUT in pop_down_file_dialog.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58200
diff
changeset
|
1153 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1154 return Qnil; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1155 } |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1156 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1157 typedef char * (*xg_get_file_func) P_ ((GtkWidget *)); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1158 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1159 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_DIALOG_NEW |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1160 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1161 /* Return the selected file for file chooser dialog W. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1162 The returned string must be free:d. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1163 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1164 static char * |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1165 xg_get_file_name_from_chooser (w) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1166 GtkWidget *w; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1167 { |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1168 return gtk_file_chooser_get_filename (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (w)); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1169 } |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1170 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1171 /* Read a file name from the user using a file chooser dialog. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1172 F is the current frame. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1173 PROMPT is a prompt to show to the user. May not be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1174 DEFAULT_FILENAME is a default selection to be displayed. May be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1175 If MUSTMATCH_P is non-zero, the returned file name must be an existing |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1176 file. *FUNC is set to a function that can be used to retrieve the |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1177 selected file name from the returned widget. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1178 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1179 Returns the created widget. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1180 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1181 static GtkWidget * |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1182 xg_get_file_with_chooser (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1183 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, func) |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1184 FRAME_PTR f; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1185 char *prompt; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1186 char *default_filename; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1187 int mustmatch_p, only_dir_p; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1188 xg_get_file_func *func; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1189 { |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1190 GtkWidget *filewin; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1191 GtkWindow *gwin = GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)); |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1192 GtkFileChooserAction action = (mustmatch_p ? |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1193 GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN : |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1194 GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE); |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1195 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1196 if (only_dir_p) |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1197 action = GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1198 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1199 filewin = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (prompt, gwin, action, |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1200 GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1201 (mustmatch_p || only_dir_p ? |
57900
a76858072e78
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Use GTK_STOCK_OK instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57868
diff
changeset
|
1202 GTK_STOCK_OPEN : GTK_STOCK_OK), |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1203 GTK_RESPONSE_OK, |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1204 NULL); |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1205 gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), TRUE); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1206 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1207 if (default_filename) |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1208 { |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1209 Lisp_Object file; |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1210 struct gcpro gcpro1; |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1211 GCPRO1 (file); |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1212 |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1213 file = build_string (default_filename); |
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1214 |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1215 /* File chooser does not understand ~/... in the file name. It must be |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1216 an absolute name starting with /. */ |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1217 if (default_filename[0] != '/') |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1218 file = Fexpand_file_name (file, Qnil); |
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1219 |
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1220 default_filename = SDATA (file); |
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1221 if (Ffile_directory_p (file)) |
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1222 gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), |
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1223 default_filename); |
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1224 else |
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1225 gtk_file_chooser_set_filename (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), |
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1226 default_filename); |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1227 |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1228 UNGCPRO; |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1229 } |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1230 |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1231 *func = xg_get_file_name_from_chooser; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1232 return filewin; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1233 } |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1234 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_DIALOG_NEW */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1235 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1236 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1237 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1238 /* Return the selected file for file selector dialog W. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1239 The returned string must be free:d. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1240 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1241 static char * |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1242 xg_get_file_name_from_selector (w) |
49323 | 1243 GtkWidget *w; |
1244 { | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1245 GtkFileSelection *filesel = GTK_FILE_SELECTION (w); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1246 return xstrdup ((char*) gtk_file_selection_get_filename (filesel)); |
49323 | 1247 } |
1248 | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1249 /* Create a file selection dialog. |
49323 | 1250 F is the current frame. |
1251 PROMPT is a prompt to show to the user. May not be NULL. | |
1252 DEFAULT_FILENAME is a default selection to be displayed. May be NULL. | |
1253 If MUSTMATCH_P is non-zero, the returned file name must be an existing | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1254 file. *FUNC is set to a function that can be used to retrieve the |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1255 selected file name from the returned widget. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1256 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1257 Returns the created widget. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1258 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1259 static GtkWidget * |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1260 xg_get_file_with_selection (f, prompt, default_filename, |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1261 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, func) |
49323 | 1262 FRAME_PTR f; |
1263 char *prompt; | |
1264 char *default_filename; | |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1265 int mustmatch_p, only_dir_p; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1266 xg_get_file_func *func; |
49323 | 1267 { |
1268 GtkWidget *filewin; | |
1269 GtkFileSelection *filesel; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1270 |
49323 | 1271 filewin = gtk_file_selection_new (prompt); |
1272 filesel = GTK_FILE_SELECTION (filewin); | |
1273 | |
1274 if (default_filename) | |
1275 gtk_file_selection_set_filename (filesel, default_filename); | |
1276 | |
1277 if (mustmatch_p) | |
1278 { | |
1279 /* The selection_entry part of filesel is not documented. */ | |
1280 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (filesel->selection_entry, FALSE); | |
1281 gtk_file_selection_hide_fileop_buttons (filesel); | |
1282 } | |
1283 | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1284 *func = xg_get_file_name_from_selector; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1285 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1286 return filewin; |
49323 | 1287 } |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1288 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1289 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1290 /* Read a file name from the user using a file dialog, either the old |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1291 file selection dialog, or the new file chooser dialog. Which to use |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1292 depends on what the GTK version used has, and what the value of |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1293 gtk-use-old-file-dialog. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1294 F is the current frame. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1295 PROMPT is a prompt to show to the user. May not be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1296 DEFAULT_FILENAME is a default selection to be displayed. May be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1297 If MUSTMATCH_P is non-zero, the returned file name must be an existing |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1298 file. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1299 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1300 Returns a file name or NULL if no file was selected. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1301 The returned string must be freed by the caller. */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1302 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1303 char * |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1304 xg_get_file_name (f, prompt, default_filename, mustmatch_p, only_dir_p) |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1305 FRAME_PTR f; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1306 char *prompt; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1307 char *default_filename; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1308 int mustmatch_p, only_dir_p; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1309 { |
58284
10efc827e15c
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_name): Fix typo in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58201
diff
changeset
|
1310 GtkWidget *w = 0; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1311 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1312 char *fn = 0; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1313 int filesel_done = 0; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1314 xg_get_file_func func; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1315 |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1316 #if defined (HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD) && defined (__SIGRTMIN) |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1317 /* I really don't know why this is needed, but without this the GLIBC add on |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1318 library linuxthreads hangs when the Gnome file chooser backend creates |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1319 threads. */ |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1320 sigblock (sigmask (__SIGRTMIN)); |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1321 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD */ |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1322 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1323 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH |
58463
86fddd350b35
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_name): Rename use-old-gtk-file-dialog to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58284
diff
changeset
|
1324 extern int x_use_old_gtk_file_dialog; |
86fddd350b35
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_name): Rename use-old-gtk-file-dialog to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58284
diff
changeset
|
1325 |
86fddd350b35
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_name): Rename use-old-gtk-file-dialog to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58284
diff
changeset
|
1326 if (x_use_old_gtk_file_dialog) |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1327 w = xg_get_file_with_selection (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1328 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1329 else |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1330 w = xg_get_file_with_chooser (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1331 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1332 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1333 #else /* not HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1334 |
58284
10efc827e15c
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_name): Fix typo in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58201
diff
changeset
|
1335 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1336 w = xg_get_file_with_selection (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1337 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1338 #endif |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1339 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_DIALOG_NEW |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1340 w = xg_get_file_with_chooser (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1341 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1342 #endif |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1343 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1344 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_FILE_BOTH */ |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1345 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1346 xg_set_screen (w, f); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1347 gtk_widget_set_name (w, "emacs-filedialog"); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1348 gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (w), |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1349 GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1350 gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1351 gtk_window_set_modal (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1352 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1353 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1354 "response", |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1355 G_CALLBACK (xg_file_response_cb), |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1356 &filesel_done); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1357 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1358 /* Don't destroy the widget if closed by the window manager close button. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1359 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "delete-event", G_CALLBACK (gtk_true), NULL); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1360 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1361 gtk_widget_show (w); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1362 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1363 record_unwind_protect (pop_down_file_dialog, make_save_value (w, 0)); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1364 while (! filesel_done) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1365 { |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1366 x_menu_wait_for_event (0); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1367 gtk_main_iteration (); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1368 } |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1369 |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1370 #if defined (HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD) && defined (__SIGRTMIN) |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1371 sigunblock (sigmask (__SIGRTMIN)); |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1372 #endif |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1373 |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1374 if (filesel_done == GTK_RESPONSE_OK) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1375 fn = (*func) (w); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1376 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1377 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1378 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1379 return fn; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1380 } |
49323 | 1381 |
1382 | |
1383 /*********************************************************************** | |
1384 Menu functions. | |
1385 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1386 | |
1387 /* The name of menu items that can be used for citomization. Since GTK | |
1388 RC files are very crude and primitive, we have to set this on all | |
1389 menu item names so a user can easily cutomize menu items. */ | |
1390 | |
1391 #define MENU_ITEM_NAME "emacs-menuitem" | |
1392 | |
1393 | |
1394 /* Linked list of all allocated struct xg_menu_cb_data. Used for marking | |
1395 during GC. The next member points to the items. */ | |
1396 static xg_list_node xg_menu_cb_list; | |
1397 | |
1398 /* Linked list of all allocated struct xg_menu_item_cb_data. Used for marking | |
1399 during GC. The next member points to the items. */ | |
1400 static xg_list_node xg_menu_item_cb_list; | |
1401 | |
1402 /* Allocate and initialize CL_DATA if NULL, otherwise increase ref_count. | |
1403 F is the frame CL_DATA will be initialized for. | |
1404 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
1405 | |
1406 The menu bar and all sub menus under the menu bar in a frame | |
1407 share the same structure, hence the reference count. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1408 |
49323 | 1409 Returns CL_DATA if CL_DATA is not NULL, or a pointer to a newly |
1410 allocated xg_menu_cb_data if CL_DATA is NULL. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1411 |
49323 | 1412 static xg_menu_cb_data * |
1413 make_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb) | |
1414 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
1415 FRAME_PTR f; | |
1416 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
1417 { | |
1418 if (! cl_data) | |
1419 { | |
1420 cl_data = (xg_menu_cb_data*) xmalloc (sizeof (*cl_data)); | |
1421 cl_data->f = f; | |
1422 cl_data->menu_bar_vector = f->menu_bar_vector; | |
1423 cl_data->menu_bar_items_used = f->menu_bar_items_used; | |
1424 cl_data->highlight_cb = highlight_cb; | |
1425 cl_data->ref_count = 0; | |
1426 | |
1427 xg_list_insert (&xg_menu_cb_list, &cl_data->ptrs); | |
1428 } | |
1429 | |
1430 cl_data->ref_count++; | |
1431 | |
1432 return cl_data; | |
1433 } | |
1434 | |
1435 /* Update CL_DATA with values from frame F and with HIGHLIGHT_CB. | |
1436 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
1437 | |
1438 When the menu bar is updated, menu items may have been added and/or | |
1439 removed, so menu_bar_vector and menu_bar_items_used change. We must | |
1440 then update CL_DATA since it is used to determine which menu | |
1441 item that is invoked in the menu. | |
1442 HIGHLIGHT_CB could change, there is no check that the same | |
1443 function is given when modifying a menu bar as was given when | |
1444 creating the menu bar. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1445 |
49323 | 1446 static void |
1447 update_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb) | |
1448 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
1449 FRAME_PTR f; | |
1450 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
1451 { | |
1452 if (cl_data) | |
1453 { | |
1454 cl_data->f = f; | |
1455 cl_data->menu_bar_vector = f->menu_bar_vector; | |
1456 cl_data->menu_bar_items_used = f->menu_bar_items_used; | |
1457 cl_data->highlight_cb = highlight_cb; | |
1458 } | |
1459 } | |
1460 | |
1461 /* Decrease reference count for CL_DATA. | |
1462 If reference count is zero, free CL_DATA. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1463 |
49323 | 1464 static void |
1465 unref_cl_data (cl_data) | |
1466 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
1467 { | |
1468 if (cl_data && cl_data->ref_count > 0) | |
1469 { | |
1470 cl_data->ref_count--; | |
1471 if (cl_data->ref_count == 0) | |
1472 { | |
1473 xg_list_remove (&xg_menu_cb_list, &cl_data->ptrs); | |
1474 xfree (cl_data); | |
1475 } | |
1476 } | |
1477 } | |
1478 | |
1479 /* Function that marks all lisp data during GC. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1480 |
49323 | 1481 void |
1482 xg_mark_data () | |
1483 { | |
1484 xg_list_node *iter; | |
1485 | |
1486 for (iter = xg_menu_cb_list.next; iter; iter = iter->next) | |
52080
c150d4a7aa36
gtkutil.c (xg_mark_data): Update calls to mark_object.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51569
diff
changeset
|
1487 mark_object (((xg_menu_cb_data *) iter)->menu_bar_vector); |
49323 | 1488 |
1489 for (iter = xg_menu_item_cb_list.next; iter; iter = iter->next) | |
1490 { | |
1491 xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data *) iter; | |
1492 | |
1493 if (! NILP (cb_data->help)) | |
52080
c150d4a7aa36
gtkutil.c (xg_mark_data): Update calls to mark_object.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51569
diff
changeset
|
1494 mark_object (cb_data->help); |
49323 | 1495 } |
1496 } | |
1497 | |
1498 | |
1499 /* Callback called when a menu item is destroyed. Used to free data. | |
1500 W is the widget that is being destroyed (not used). | |
1501 CLIENT_DATA points to the xg_menu_item_cb_data associated with the W. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1502 |
49323 | 1503 static void |
1504 menuitem_destroy_callback (w, client_data) | |
1505 GtkWidget *w; | |
1506 gpointer client_data; | |
1507 { | |
1508 if (client_data) | |
1509 { | |
1510 xg_menu_item_cb_data *data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data*) client_data; | |
1511 xg_list_remove (&xg_menu_item_cb_list, &data->ptrs); | |
1512 xfree (data); | |
1513 } | |
1514 } | |
1515 | |
1516 /* Callback called when the pointer enters/leaves a menu item. | |
1517 W is the menu item. | |
1518 EVENT is either an enter event or leave event. | |
1519 CLIENT_DATA points to the xg_menu_item_cb_data associated with the W. | |
1520 | |
1521 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1522 |
49323 | 1523 static gboolean |
1524 menuitem_highlight_callback (w, event, client_data) | |
1525 GtkWidget *w; | |
1526 GdkEventCrossing *event; | |
1527 gpointer client_data; | |
1528 { | |
1529 if (client_data) | |
1530 { | |
1531 xg_menu_item_cb_data *data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data*) client_data; | |
1532 gpointer call_data = event->type == GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY ? 0 : client_data; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1533 |
49323 | 1534 if (! NILP (data->help) && data->cl_data->highlight_cb) |
1535 { | |
1536 GtkCallback func = (GtkCallback) data->cl_data->highlight_cb; | |
1537 (*func) (w, call_data); | |
1538 } | |
1539 } | |
1540 | |
1541 return FALSE; | |
1542 } | |
1543 | |
1544 /* Callback called when a menu is destroyed. Used to free data. | |
1545 W is the widget that is being destroyed (not used). | |
1546 CLIENT_DATA points to the xg_menu_cb_data associated with W. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1547 |
49323 | 1548 static void |
1549 menu_destroy_callback (w, client_data) | |
1550 GtkWidget *w; | |
1551 gpointer client_data; | |
1552 { | |
1553 unref_cl_data ((xg_menu_cb_data*) client_data); | |
1554 } | |
1555 | |
1556 /* Callback called when a menu does a grab or ungrab. That means the | |
1557 menu has been activated or deactivated. | |
1558 Used to start a timer so the small timeout the menus in GTK uses before | |
1559 popping down a menu is seen by Emacs (see xg_process_timeouts above). | |
1560 W is the widget that does the grab (not used). | |
1561 UNGRAB_P is TRUE if this is an ungrab, FALSE if it is a grab. | |
1562 CLIENT_DATA is NULL (not used). */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1563 |
49323 | 1564 static void |
1565 menu_grab_callback (GtkWidget *widget, | |
1566 gboolean ungrab_p, | |
1567 gpointer client_data) | |
1568 { | |
1569 /* Keep track of total number of grabs. */ | |
1570 static int cnt; | |
1571 | |
1572 if (ungrab_p) cnt--; | |
1573 else cnt++; | |
1574 | |
1575 if (cnt > 0 && ! xg_timer) xg_start_timer (); | |
1576 else if (cnt == 0 && xg_timer) xg_stop_timer (); | |
1577 } | |
1578 | |
1579 /* Make a GTK widget that contains both UTF8_LABEL and UTF8_KEY (both | |
1580 must be non-NULL) and can be inserted into a menu item. | |
1581 | |
1582 Returns the GtkHBox. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1583 |
49323 | 1584 static GtkWidget * |
1585 make_widget_for_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key) | |
1586 char *utf8_label; | |
1587 char *utf8_key; | |
1588 { | |
1589 GtkWidget *wlbl; | |
1590 GtkWidget *wkey; | |
1591 GtkWidget *wbox; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1592 |
49323 | 1593 wbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1594 wlbl = gtk_label_new (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1595 wkey = gtk_label_new (utf8_key); |
1596 | |
1597 gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (wlbl), 0.0, 0.5); | |
1598 gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (wkey), 0.0, 0.5); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1599 |
49323 | 1600 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wlbl, TRUE, TRUE, 0); |
1601 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wkey, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1602 | |
1603 gtk_widget_set_name (wlbl, MENU_ITEM_NAME); | |
1604 gtk_widget_set_name (wkey, MENU_ITEM_NAME); | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
1605 gtk_widget_set_name (wbox, MENU_ITEM_NAME); |
49323 | 1606 |
1607 return wbox; | |
1608 } | |
1609 | |
1610 /* Make and return a menu item widget with the key to the right. | |
1611 UTF8_LABEL is the text for the menu item (GTK uses UTF8 internally). | |
1612 UTF8_KEY is the text representing the key binding. | |
1613 ITEM is the widget_value describing the menu item. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1614 |
49323 | 1615 GROUP is an in/out parameter. If the menu item to be created is not |
1616 part of any radio menu group, *GROUP contains NULL on entry and exit. | |
1617 If the menu item to be created is part of a radio menu group, on entry | |
1618 *GROUP contains the group to use, or NULL if this is the first item | |
1619 in the group. On exit, *GROUP contains the radio item group. | |
1620 | |
1621 Unfortunately, keys don't line up as nicely as in Motif, | |
1622 but the MacOS X version doesn't either, so I guess that is OK. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1623 |
49323 | 1624 static GtkWidget * |
1625 make_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key, item, group) | |
1626 char *utf8_label; | |
1627 char *utf8_key; | |
1628 widget_value *item; | |
1629 GSList **group; | |
1630 { | |
1631 GtkWidget *w; | |
1632 GtkWidget *wtoadd = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1633 |
51432
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1634 /* It has been observed that some menu items have a NULL name field. |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1635 This will lead to this function being called with a NULL utf8_label. |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1636 GTK crashes on that so we set a blank label. Why there is a NULL |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1637 name remains to be investigated. */ |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1638 if (! utf8_label) utf8_label = " "; |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
1639 |
49323 | 1640 if (utf8_key) |
1641 wtoadd = make_widget_for_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1642 |
49323 | 1643 if (item->button_type == BUTTON_TYPE_TOGGLE) |
1644 { | |
1645 *group = NULL; | |
1646 if (utf8_key) w = gtk_check_menu_item_new (); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1647 else w = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1648 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), item->selected); |
1649 } | |
1650 else if (item->button_type == BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO) | |
1651 { | |
1652 if (utf8_key) w = gtk_radio_menu_item_new (*group); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1653 else w = gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_label (*group, utf8_label); |
49323 | 1654 *group = gtk_radio_menu_item_get_group (GTK_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (w)); |
1655 if (item->selected) | |
1656 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), TRUE); | |
1657 } | |
1658 else | |
1659 { | |
1660 *group = NULL; | |
1661 if (utf8_key) w = gtk_menu_item_new (); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1662 else w = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1663 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1664 |
49323 | 1665 if (wtoadd) gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wtoadd); |
1666 if (! item->enabled) gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); | |
1667 | |
1668 return w; | |
1669 } | |
1670 | |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1671 /* Return non-zero if LABEL specifies a separator (GTK only has one |
49323 | 1672 separator type) */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1673 |
49323 | 1674 static int |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1675 xg_separator_p (char *label) |
49323 | 1676 { |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1677 if (! label) return 0; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1678 else if (strlen (label) > 3 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1679 && strncmp (label, "--", 2) == 0 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1680 && label[2] != '-') |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1681 { |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1682 static char* separator_names[] = { |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1683 "space", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1684 "no-line", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1685 "single-line", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1686 "double-line", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1687 "single-dashed-line", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1688 "double-dashed-line", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1689 "shadow-etched-in", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1690 "shadow-etched-out", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1691 "shadow-etched-in-dash", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1692 "shadow-etched-out-dash", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1693 "shadow-double-etched-in", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1694 "shadow-double-etched-out", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1695 "shadow-double-etched-in-dash", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1696 "shadow-double-etched-out-dash", |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1697 0, |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1698 }; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1699 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1700 int i; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1701 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1702 label += 2; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1703 for (i = 0; separator_names[i]; ++i) |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1704 if (strcmp (label, separator_names[i]) == 0) |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1705 return 1; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1706 } |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1707 else |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1708 { |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1709 /* Old-style separator, maybe. It's a separator if it contains |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1710 only dashes. */ |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1711 while (*label == '-') |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1712 ++label; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1713 if (*label == 0) return 1; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1714 } |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1715 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
1716 return 0; |
49323 | 1717 } |
1718 | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1719 static int xg_detached_menus; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1720 |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1721 /* Returns non-zero if there are detached menus. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1722 |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1723 int |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1724 xg_have_tear_offs () |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1725 { |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1726 return xg_detached_menus > 0; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1727 } |
49323 | 1728 |
1729 /* Callback invoked when a detached menu window is removed. Here we | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1730 decrease the xg_detached_menus count. |
49323 | 1731 WIDGET is the top level window that is removed (the parent of the menu). |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1732 CLIENT_DATA is not used. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1733 |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1734 static void |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1735 tearoff_remove (widget, client_data) |
49323 | 1736 GtkWidget *widget; |
1737 gpointer client_data; | |
1738 { | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1739 if (xg_detached_menus > 0) --xg_detached_menus; |
49323 | 1740 } |
1741 | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1742 /* Callback invoked when a menu is detached. It increases the |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1743 xg_detached_menus count. |
49323 | 1744 WIDGET is the GtkTearoffMenuItem. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1745 CLIENT_DATA is not used. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1746 |
49323 | 1747 static void |
1748 tearoff_activate (widget, client_data) | |
1749 GtkWidget *widget; | |
1750 gpointer client_data; | |
1751 { | |
1752 GtkWidget *menu = gtk_widget_get_parent (widget); | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1753 if (gtk_menu_get_tearoff_state (GTK_MENU (menu))) |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1754 { |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1755 ++xg_detached_menus; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1756 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget)), |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1757 "destroy", |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1758 G_CALLBACK (tearoff_remove), 0); |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1759 } |
49323 | 1760 } |
1761 | |
1762 | |
1763 /* Create a menu item widget, and connect the callbacks. | |
1764 ITEM decribes the menu item. | |
1765 F is the frame the created menu belongs to. | |
1766 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
1767 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
1768 CL_DATA points to the callback data to be used for this menu. | |
1769 GROUP is an in/out parameter. If the menu item to be created is not | |
1770 part of any radio menu group, *GROUP contains NULL on entry and exit. | |
1771 If the menu item to be created is part of a radio menu group, on entry | |
1772 *GROUP contains the group to use, or NULL if this is the first item | |
1773 in the group. On exit, *GROUP contains the radio item group. | |
1774 | |
1775 Returns the created GtkWidget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1776 |
49323 | 1777 static GtkWidget * |
1778 xg_create_one_menuitem (item, f, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data, group) | |
1779 widget_value *item; | |
1780 FRAME_PTR f; | |
1781 GCallback select_cb; | |
1782 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
1783 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
1784 GSList **group; | |
1785 { | |
1786 char *utf8_label; | |
1787 char *utf8_key; | |
1788 GtkWidget *w; | |
1789 xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data; | |
1790 | |
1791 utf8_label = get_utf8_string (item->name); | |
1792 utf8_key = get_utf8_string (item->key); | |
1793 | |
1794 w = make_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key, item, group); | |
1795 | |
1796 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != item->name) g_free (utf8_label); | |
1797 if (utf8_key && utf8_key != item->key) g_free (utf8_key); | |
1798 | |
1799 cb_data = xmalloc (sizeof (xg_menu_item_cb_data)); | |
1800 | |
1801 xg_list_insert (&xg_menu_item_cb_list, &cb_data->ptrs); | |
1802 | |
1803 cb_data->unhighlight_id = cb_data->highlight_id = cb_data->select_id = 0; | |
1804 cb_data->help = item->help; | |
1805 cb_data->cl_data = cl_data; | |
1806 cb_data->call_data = item->call_data; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1807 |
49323 | 1808 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), |
1809 "destroy", | |
1810 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_destroy_callback), | |
1811 cb_data); | |
1812 | |
1813 /* Put cb_data in widget, so we can get at it when modifying menubar */ | |
1814 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_ITEM_DATA, cb_data); | |
1815 | |
1816 /* final item, not a submenu */ | |
1817 if (item->call_data && ! item->contents) | |
1818 { | |
1819 if (select_cb) | |
1820 cb_data->select_id | |
1821 = g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "activate", select_cb, cb_data); | |
1822 } | |
1823 | |
1824 if (! NILP (item->help) && highlight_cb) | |
1825 { | |
1826 /* We use enter/leave notify instead of select/deselect because | |
1827 select/deselect doesn't go well with detached menus. */ | |
1828 cb_data->highlight_id | |
1829 = g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), | |
1830 "enter-notify-event", | |
1831 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_highlight_callback), | |
1832 cb_data); | |
1833 cb_data->unhighlight_id | |
1834 = g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), | |
1835 "leave-notify-event", | |
1836 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_highlight_callback), | |
1837 cb_data); | |
1838 } | |
1839 | |
1840 return w; | |
1841 } | |
1842 | |
50112
50df9e41f1a3
Add prototype for create_menus.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50108
diff
changeset
|
1843 static GtkWidget *create_menus P_ ((widget_value *, FRAME_PTR, GCallback, |
50df9e41f1a3
Add prototype for create_menus.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50108
diff
changeset
|
1844 GCallback, GCallback, int, int, int, |
50df9e41f1a3
Add prototype for create_menus.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50108
diff
changeset
|
1845 GtkWidget *, xg_menu_cb_data *, char *)); |
50df9e41f1a3
Add prototype for create_menus.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50108
diff
changeset
|
1846 |
49323 | 1847 /* Create a full menu tree specified by DATA. |
1848 F is the frame the created menu belongs to. | |
1849 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
1850 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when a sub menu is not shown anymore. | |
1851 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
1852 POP_UP_P is non-zero if we shall create a popup menu. | |
1853 MENU_BAR_P is non-zero if we shall create a menu bar. | |
1854 ADD_TEAROFF_P is non-zero if we shall add a teroff menu item. Ignored | |
1855 if MENU_BAR_P is non-zero. | |
1856 TOPMENU is the topmost GtkWidget that others shall be placed under. | |
1857 It may be NULL, in that case we create the appropriate widget | |
1858 (menu bar or menu item depending on POP_UP_P and MENU_BAR_P) | |
1859 CL_DATA is the callback data we shall use for this menu, or NULL | |
1860 if we haven't set the first callback yet. | |
1861 NAME is the name to give to the top level menu if this function | |
1862 creates it. May be NULL to not set any name. | |
1863 | |
1864 Returns the top level GtkWidget. This is TOPLEVEL if TOPLEVEL is | |
1865 not NULL. | |
1866 | |
1867 This function calls itself to create submenus. */ | |
1868 | |
1869 static GtkWidget * | |
1870 create_menus (data, f, select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb, | |
1871 pop_up_p, menu_bar_p, add_tearoff_p, topmenu, cl_data, name) | |
1872 widget_value *data; | |
1873 FRAME_PTR f; | |
1874 GCallback select_cb; | |
1875 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
1876 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
1877 int pop_up_p; | |
1878 int menu_bar_p; | |
1879 int add_tearoff_p; | |
1880 GtkWidget *topmenu; | |
1881 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
1882 char *name; | |
1883 { | |
1884 widget_value *item; | |
1885 GtkWidget *wmenu = topmenu; | |
1886 GSList *group = NULL; | |
1887 | |
1888 if (! topmenu) | |
1889 { | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
1890 if (! menu_bar_p) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
1891 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
1892 wmenu = gtk_menu_new (); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
1893 xg_set_screen (wmenu, f); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
1894 } |
49323 | 1895 else wmenu = gtk_menu_bar_new (); |
1896 | |
1897 /* Put cl_data on the top menu for easier access. */ | |
1898 cl_data = make_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb); | |
1899 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wmenu), XG_FRAME_DATA, (gpointer)cl_data); | |
1900 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), "destroy", | |
1901 G_CALLBACK (menu_destroy_callback), cl_data); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1902 |
49323 | 1903 if (name) |
1904 gtk_widget_set_name (wmenu, name); | |
1905 | |
1906 if (deactivate_cb) | |
1907 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), | |
1908 "deactivate", deactivate_cb, 0); | |
1909 | |
1910 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), | |
1911 "grab-notify", G_CALLBACK (menu_grab_callback), 0); | |
1912 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1913 |
49323 | 1914 if (! menu_bar_p && add_tearoff_p) |
1915 { | |
1916 GtkWidget *tearoff = gtk_tearoff_menu_item_new (); | |
1917 gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (wmenu), tearoff); | |
1918 | |
1919 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (tearoff), "activate", | |
1920 G_CALLBACK (tearoff_activate), 0); | |
1921 } | |
1922 | |
1923 for (item = data; item; item = item->next) | |
1924 { | |
1925 GtkWidget *w; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1926 |
49323 | 1927 if (pop_up_p && !item->contents && !item->call_data |
1928 && !xg_separator_p (item->name)) | |
1929 { | |
1930 char *utf8_label; | |
1931 /* A title for a popup. We do the same as GTK does when | |
1932 creating titles, but it does not look good. */ | |
1933 group = NULL; | |
1934 utf8_label = get_utf8_string (item->name); | |
1935 | |
1936 gtk_menu_set_title (GTK_MENU (wmenu), utf8_label); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1937 w = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1938 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); |
1939 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != item->name) g_free (utf8_label); | |
1940 } | |
1941 else if (xg_separator_p (item->name)) | |
1942 { | |
1943 group = NULL; | |
1944 /* GTK only have one separator type. */ | |
1945 w = gtk_separator_menu_item_new (); | |
1946 } | |
1947 else | |
1948 { | |
1949 w = xg_create_one_menuitem (item, | |
1950 f, | |
1951 item->contents ? 0 : select_cb, | |
1952 highlight_cb, | |
1953 cl_data, | |
1954 &group); | |
1955 | |
1956 if (item->contents) | |
1957 { | |
1958 GtkWidget *submenu = create_menus (item->contents, | |
1959 f, | |
1960 select_cb, | |
1961 deactivate_cb, | |
1962 highlight_cb, | |
1963 0, | |
1964 0, | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1965 add_tearoff_p, |
49323 | 1966 0, |
1967 cl_data, | |
1968 0); | |
1969 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (w), submenu); | |
1970 } | |
1971 } | |
1972 | |
1973 gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (wmenu), w); | |
1974 gtk_widget_set_name (w, MENU_ITEM_NAME); | |
1975 } | |
1976 | |
1977 return wmenu; | |
1978 } | |
1979 | |
1980 /* Create a menubar, popup menu or dialog, depending on the TYPE argument. | |
1981 TYPE can be "menubar", "popup" for popup menu, or "dialog" for a dialog | |
1982 with some text and buttons. | |
1983 F is the frame the created item belongs to. | |
1984 NAME is the name to use for the top widget. | |
1985 VAL is a widget_value structure describing items to be created. | |
1986 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected or | |
1987 a dialog button is pressed. | |
1988 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when an item is deactivated. | |
1989 For a menu, when a sub menu is not shown anymore, for a dialog it is | |
1990 called when the dialog is popped down. | |
1991 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
1992 | |
1993 Returns the widget created. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1994 |
49323 | 1995 GtkWidget * |
1996 xg_create_widget (type, name, f, val, | |
1997 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb) | |
1998 char *type; | |
1999 char *name; | |
2000 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2001 widget_value *val; | |
2002 GCallback select_cb; | |
2003 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
2004 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2005 { | |
2006 GtkWidget *w = 0; | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2007 int menu_bar_p = strcmp (type, "menubar") == 0; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2008 int pop_up_p = strcmp (type, "popup") == 0; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2009 |
49323 | 2010 if (strcmp (type, "dialog") == 0) |
2011 { | |
2012 w = create_dialog (val, select_cb, deactivate_cb); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2013 xg_set_screen (w, f); |
49323 | 2014 gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (w), |
2015 GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); | |
2016 gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2017 gtk_widget_set_name (w, "emacs-dialog"); |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
2018 gtk_window_set_modal (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
49323 | 2019 } |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2020 else if (menu_bar_p || pop_up_p) |
49323 | 2021 { |
2022 w = create_menus (val->contents, | |
2023 f, | |
2024 select_cb, | |
2025 deactivate_cb, | |
2026 highlight_cb, | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2027 pop_up_p, |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2028 menu_bar_p, |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2029 menu_bar_p, |
49323 | 2030 0, |
2031 0, | |
2032 name); | |
2033 | |
2034 /* Set the cursor to an arrow for popup menus when they are mapped. | |
2035 This is done by default for menu bar menus. */ | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2036 if (pop_up_p) |
49323 | 2037 { |
2038 /* Must realize so the GdkWindow inside the widget is created. */ | |
2039 gtk_widget_realize (w); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2040 xg_set_cursor (w, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->xg_cursor); |
49323 | 2041 } |
2042 } | |
2043 else | |
2044 { | |
2045 fprintf (stderr, "bad type in xg_create_widget: %s, doing nothing\n", | |
2046 type); | |
2047 } | |
2048 | |
2049 return w; | |
2050 } | |
2051 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2052 /* Return the label for menu item WITEM. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2053 |
49323 | 2054 static const char * |
2055 xg_get_menu_item_label (witem) | |
2056 GtkMenuItem *witem; | |
2057 { | |
2058 GtkLabel *wlabel = GTK_LABEL (gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (witem))); | |
2059 return gtk_label_get_label (wlabel); | |
2060 } | |
2061 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2062 /* Return non-zero if the menu item WITEM has the text LABEL. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2063 |
49323 | 2064 static int |
2065 xg_item_label_same_p (witem, label) | |
2066 GtkMenuItem *witem; | |
2067 char *label; | |
2068 { | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2069 int is_same = 0; |
49323 | 2070 char *utf8_label = get_utf8_string (label); |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2071 const char *old_label = witem ? xg_get_menu_item_label (witem) : 0; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2072 |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2073 if (! old_label && ! utf8_label) |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2074 is_same = 1; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2075 else if (old_label && utf8_label) |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2076 is_same = strcmp (utf8_label, old_label) == 0; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2077 |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2078 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != label) g_free (utf8_label); |
49323 | 2079 |
2080 return is_same; | |
2081 } | |
2082 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2083 /* Destroy widgets in LIST. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2084 |
49323 | 2085 static void |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2086 xg_destroy_widgets (list) |
49323 | 2087 GList *list; |
2088 { | |
2089 GList *iter; | |
2090 | |
49572 | 2091 for (iter = list; iter; iter = g_list_next (iter)) |
49323 | 2092 { |
2093 GtkWidget *w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); | |
2094 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2095 /* Destroying the widget will remove it from the container it is in. */ |
49323 | 2096 gtk_widget_destroy (w); |
2097 } | |
2098 } | |
2099 | |
2100 /* Update the top level names in MENUBAR (i.e. not submenus). | |
2101 F is the frame the menu bar belongs to. | |
49572 | 2102 *LIST is a list with the current menu bar names (menu item widgets). |
2103 ITER is the item within *LIST that shall be updated. | |
2104 POS is the numerical position, starting at 0, of ITER in *LIST. | |
49323 | 2105 VAL describes what the menu bar shall look like after the update. |
2106 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2107 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
49572 | 2108 CL_DATA points to the callback data to be used for this menu bar. |
49323 | 2109 |
2110 This function calls itself to walk through the menu bar names. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2111 |
49323 | 2112 static void |
49572 | 2113 xg_update_menubar (menubar, f, list, iter, pos, val, |
2114 select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data) | |
49323 | 2115 GtkWidget *menubar; |
2116 FRAME_PTR f; | |
49572 | 2117 GList **list; |
2118 GList *iter; | |
2119 int pos; | |
49323 | 2120 widget_value *val; |
2121 GCallback select_cb; | |
2122 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2123 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2124 { | |
49572 | 2125 if (! iter && ! val) |
49323 | 2126 return; |
49572 | 2127 else if (iter && ! val) |
49323 | 2128 { |
49572 | 2129 /* Item(s) have been removed. Remove all remaining items. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2130 xg_destroy_widgets (iter); |
49323 | 2131 |
2132 /* All updated. */ | |
2133 val = 0; | |
49572 | 2134 iter = 0; |
49323 | 2135 } |
49572 | 2136 else if (! iter && val) |
49323 | 2137 { |
2138 /* Item(s) added. Add all new items in one call. */ | |
2139 create_menus (val, f, select_cb, 0, highlight_cb, | |
2140 0, 1, 0, menubar, cl_data, 0); | |
2141 | |
2142 /* All updated. */ | |
2143 val = 0; | |
49572 | 2144 iter = 0; |
49323 | 2145 } |
49572 | 2146 /* Below this neither iter or val is NULL */ |
2147 else if (xg_item_label_same_p (GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter->data), val->name)) | |
49323 | 2148 { |
2149 /* This item is still the same, check next item. */ | |
2150 val = val->next; | |
49572 | 2151 iter = g_list_next (iter); |
2152 ++pos; | |
49323 | 2153 } |
2154 else /* This item is changed. */ | |
2155 { | |
49572 | 2156 GtkMenuItem *witem = GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter->data); |
49323 | 2157 GtkMenuItem *witem2 = 0; |
2158 int val_in_menubar = 0; | |
49572 | 2159 int iter_in_new_menubar = 0; |
2160 GList *iter2; | |
49323 | 2161 widget_value *cur; |
2162 | |
2163 /* See if the changed entry (val) is present later in the menu bar */ | |
49572 | 2164 for (iter2 = iter; |
2165 iter2 && ! val_in_menubar; | |
2166 iter2 = g_list_next (iter2)) | |
49323 | 2167 { |
49572 | 2168 witem2 = GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter2->data); |
49323 | 2169 val_in_menubar = xg_item_label_same_p (witem2, val->name); |
2170 } | |
2171 | |
49572 | 2172 /* See if the current entry (iter) is present later in the |
49323 | 2173 specification for the new menu bar. */ |
49572 | 2174 for (cur = val; cur && ! iter_in_new_menubar; cur = cur->next) |
2175 iter_in_new_menubar = xg_item_label_same_p (witem, cur->name); | |
2176 | |
2177 if (val_in_menubar && ! iter_in_new_menubar) | |
49323 | 2178 { |
49572 | 2179 int nr = pos; |
2180 | |
49323 | 2181 /* This corresponds to: |
2182 Current: A B C | |
2183 New: A C | |
2184 Remove B. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2185 |
49323 | 2186 gtk_widget_ref (GTK_WIDGET (witem)); |
2187 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar), GTK_WIDGET (witem)); | |
2188 gtk_widget_destroy (GTK_WIDGET (witem)); | |
2189 | |
2190 /* Must get new list since the old changed. */ | |
49572 | 2191 g_list_free (*list); |
2192 *list = iter = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2193 while (nr-- > 0) iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
49323 | 2194 } |
49572 | 2195 else if (! val_in_menubar && ! iter_in_new_menubar) |
49323 | 2196 { |
2197 /* This corresponds to: | |
2198 Current: A B C | |
2199 New: A X C | |
2200 Rename B to X. This might seem to be a strange thing to do, | |
2201 since if there is a menu under B it will be totally wrong for X. | |
2202 But consider editing a C file. Then there is a C-mode menu | |
2203 (corresponds to B above). | |
2204 If then doing C-x C-f the minibuf menu (X above) replaces the | |
2205 C-mode menu. When returning from the minibuffer, we get | |
2206 back the C-mode menu. Thus we do: | |
2207 Rename B to X (C-mode to minibuf menu) | |
2208 Rename X to B (minibuf to C-mode menu). | |
2209 If the X menu hasn't been invoked, the menu under B | |
2210 is up to date when leaving the minibuffer. */ | |
2211 GtkLabel *wlabel = GTK_LABEL (gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (witem))); | |
2212 char *utf8_label = get_utf8_string (val->name); | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2213 GtkWidget *submenu = gtk_menu_item_get_submenu (witem); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2214 |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
2215 gtk_label_set_text (wlabel, utf8_label); |
49323 | 2216 |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2217 /* If this item has a submenu that has been detached, change |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2218 the title in the WM decorations also. */ |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2219 if (submenu && gtk_menu_get_tearoff_state (GTK_MENU (submenu))) |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2220 /* Set the title of the detached window. */ |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2221 gtk_menu_set_title (GTK_MENU (submenu), utf8_label); |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2222 |
49572 | 2223 iter = g_list_next (iter); |
49323 | 2224 val = val->next; |
49572 | 2225 ++pos; |
49323 | 2226 } |
49572 | 2227 else if (! val_in_menubar && iter_in_new_menubar) |
49323 | 2228 { |
2229 /* This corresponds to: | |
2230 Current: A B C | |
2231 New: A X B C | |
2232 Insert X. */ | |
2233 | |
49572 | 2234 int nr = pos; |
49323 | 2235 GList *group = 0; |
2236 GtkWidget *w = xg_create_one_menuitem (val, | |
2237 f, | |
2238 select_cb, | |
2239 highlight_cb, | |
2240 cl_data, | |
2241 &group); | |
2242 | |
2243 gtk_widget_set_name (w, MENU_ITEM_NAME); | |
2244 gtk_menu_shell_insert (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menubar), w, pos); | |
2245 | |
49572 | 2246 g_list_free (*list); |
2247 *list = iter = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2248 while (nr-- > 0) iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
2249 iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
49323 | 2250 val = val->next; |
49572 | 2251 ++pos; |
49323 | 2252 } |
49572 | 2253 else /* if (val_in_menubar && iter_in_new_menubar) */ |
49323 | 2254 { |
49572 | 2255 int nr = pos; |
49323 | 2256 /* This corresponds to: |
2257 Current: A B C | |
2258 New: A C B | |
2259 Move C before B */ | |
2260 | |
2261 gtk_widget_ref (GTK_WIDGET (witem2)); | |
2262 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar), GTK_WIDGET (witem2)); | |
2263 gtk_menu_shell_insert (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menubar), | |
2264 GTK_WIDGET (witem2), pos); | |
2265 gtk_widget_unref (GTK_WIDGET (witem2)); | |
2266 | |
49572 | 2267 g_list_free (*list); |
2268 *list = iter = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2269 while (nr-- > 0) iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
49323 | 2270 val = val->next; |
49572 | 2271 ++pos; |
49323 | 2272 } |
2273 } | |
2274 | |
2275 /* Update the rest of the menu bar. */ | |
49572 | 2276 xg_update_menubar (menubar, f, list, iter, pos, val, |
2277 select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
49323 | 2278 } |
2279 | |
2280 /* Update the menu item W so it corresponds to VAL. | |
2281 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2282 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2283 CL_DATA is the data to set in the widget for menu invokation. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2284 |
49323 | 2285 static void |
2286 xg_update_menu_item (val, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data) | |
2287 widget_value *val; | |
2288 GtkWidget *w; | |
2289 GCallback select_cb; | |
2290 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2291 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2292 { | |
2293 GtkWidget *wchild; | |
2294 GtkLabel *wlbl = 0; | |
2295 GtkLabel *wkey = 0; | |
2296 char *utf8_label; | |
2297 char *utf8_key; | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2298 const char *old_label = 0; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2299 const char *old_key = 0; |
49323 | 2300 xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2301 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2302 wchild = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (w)); |
49323 | 2303 utf8_label = get_utf8_string (val->name); |
2304 utf8_key = get_utf8_string (val->key); | |
2305 | |
2306 /* See if W is a menu item with a key. See make_menu_item above. */ | |
2307 if (GTK_IS_HBOX (wchild)) | |
2308 { | |
2309 GList *list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (wchild)); | |
2310 | |
2311 wlbl = GTK_LABEL (list->data); | |
2312 wkey = GTK_LABEL (list->next->data); | |
49572 | 2313 g_list_free (list); |
2314 | |
49323 | 2315 if (! utf8_key) |
2316 { | |
2317 /* Remove the key and keep just the label. */ | |
2318 gtk_widget_ref (GTK_WIDGET (wlbl)); | |
2319 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wchild); | |
2320 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (w), GTK_WIDGET (wlbl)); | |
2321 wkey = 0; | |
2322 } | |
49572 | 2323 |
49323 | 2324 } |
2325 else /* Just a label. */ | |
2326 { | |
2327 wlbl = GTK_LABEL (wchild); | |
2328 | |
2329 /* Check if there is now a key. */ | |
2330 if (utf8_key) | |
2331 { | |
2332 GtkWidget *wtoadd = make_widget_for_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key); | |
2333 GList *list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (wtoadd)); | |
49572 | 2334 |
49323 | 2335 wlbl = GTK_LABEL (list->data); |
2336 wkey = GTK_LABEL (list->next->data); | |
49572 | 2337 g_list_free (list); |
49323 | 2338 |
2339 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wchild); | |
2340 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wtoadd); | |
2341 } | |
2342 } | |
2343 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2344 |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2345 if (wkey) old_key = gtk_label_get_label (wkey); |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2346 if (wlbl) old_label = gtk_label_get_label (wlbl); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2347 |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2348 if (wkey && utf8_key && (! old_key || strcmp (utf8_key, old_key) != 0)) |
49323 | 2349 gtk_label_set_text (wkey, utf8_key); |
2350 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2351 if (! old_label || strcmp (utf8_label, old_label) != 0) |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
2352 gtk_label_set_text (wlbl, utf8_label); |
49323 | 2353 |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2354 if (utf8_key && utf8_key != val->key) g_free (utf8_key); |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2355 if (utf8_label && utf8_label != val->name) g_free (utf8_label); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2356 |
49323 | 2357 if (! val->enabled && GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (w)) |
2358 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); | |
2359 else if (val->enabled && ! GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (w)) | |
2360 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, TRUE); | |
2361 | |
2362 cb_data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data*) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), | |
2363 XG_ITEM_DATA); | |
2364 if (cb_data) | |
2365 { | |
2366 cb_data->call_data = val->call_data; | |
2367 cb_data->help = val->help; | |
2368 cb_data->cl_data = cl_data; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2369 |
49323 | 2370 /* We assume the callback functions don't change. */ |
2371 if (val->call_data && ! val->contents) | |
2372 { | |
2373 /* This item shall have a select callback. */ | |
2374 if (! cb_data->select_id) | |
2375 cb_data->select_id | |
2376 = g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "activate", | |
2377 select_cb, cb_data); | |
2378 } | |
2379 else if (cb_data->select_id) | |
2380 { | |
2381 g_signal_handler_disconnect (w, cb_data->select_id); | |
2382 cb_data->select_id = 0; | |
2383 } | |
2384 | |
2385 if (NILP (cb_data->help)) | |
2386 { | |
2387 /* Shall not have help. Remove if any existed previously. */ | |
2388 if (cb_data->highlight_id) | |
2389 { | |
2390 g_signal_handler_disconnect (G_OBJECT (w), | |
2391 cb_data->highlight_id); | |
2392 cb_data->highlight_id = 0; | |
2393 } | |
2394 if (cb_data->unhighlight_id) | |
2395 { | |
2396 g_signal_handler_disconnect (G_OBJECT (w), | |
2397 cb_data->unhighlight_id); | |
2398 cb_data->unhighlight_id = 0; | |
2399 } | |
2400 } | |
2401 else if (! cb_data->highlight_id && highlight_cb) | |
2402 { | |
2403 /* Have help now, but didn't previously. Add callback. */ | |
2404 cb_data->highlight_id | |
2405 = g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), | |
2406 "enter-notify-event", | |
2407 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_highlight_callback), | |
2408 cb_data); | |
2409 cb_data->unhighlight_id | |
2410 = g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), | |
2411 "leave-notify-event", | |
2412 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_highlight_callback), | |
2413 cb_data); | |
2414 } | |
2415 } | |
2416 } | |
2417 | |
2418 /* Update the toggle menu item W so it corresponds to VAL. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2419 |
49323 | 2420 static void |
2421 xg_update_toggle_item (val, w) | |
2422 widget_value *val; | |
2423 GtkWidget *w; | |
2424 { | |
2425 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), val->selected); | |
2426 } | |
2427 | |
2428 /* Update the radio menu item W so it corresponds to VAL. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2429 |
49323 | 2430 static void |
2431 xg_update_radio_item (val, w) | |
2432 widget_value *val; | |
2433 GtkWidget *w; | |
2434 { | |
2435 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), val->selected); | |
2436 } | |
2437 | |
2438 /* Update the sub menu SUBMENU and all its children so it corresponds to VAL. | |
2439 SUBMENU may be NULL, in that case a new menu is created. | |
2440 F is the frame the menu bar belongs to. | |
2441 VAL describes the contents of the menu bar. | |
2442 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2443 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when a sub menu is not shown anymore. | |
2444 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2445 CL_DATA is the call back data to use for any newly created items. | |
2446 | |
2447 Returns the updated submenu widget, that is SUBMENU unless SUBMENU | |
2448 was NULL. */ | |
2449 | |
2450 static GtkWidget * | |
2451 xg_update_submenu (submenu, f, val, | |
2452 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data) | |
2453 GtkWidget *submenu; | |
2454 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2455 widget_value *val; | |
2456 GCallback select_cb; | |
2457 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
2458 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2459 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2460 { | |
2461 GtkWidget *newsub = submenu; | |
2462 GList *list = 0; | |
2463 GList *iter; | |
2464 widget_value *cur; | |
2465 int has_tearoff_p = 0; | |
2466 GList *first_radio = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2467 |
49323 | 2468 if (submenu) |
2469 list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (submenu)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2470 |
49323 | 2471 for (cur = val, iter = list; |
2472 cur && iter; | |
2473 iter = g_list_next (iter), cur = cur->next) | |
2474 { | |
2475 GtkWidget *w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); | |
2476 | |
2477 /* Skip tearoff items, they have no counterpart in val. */ | |
2478 if (GTK_IS_TEAROFF_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2479 { | |
2480 has_tearoff_p = 1; | |
2481 iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
2482 if (iter) w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); | |
2483 else break; | |
2484 } | |
2485 | |
2486 /* Remember first radio button in a group. If we get a mismatch in | |
2487 a radio group we must rebuild the whole group so that the connections | |
2488 in GTK becomes correct. */ | |
2489 if (cur->button_type == BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO && ! first_radio) | |
2490 first_radio = iter; | |
2491 else if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO | |
2492 && ! GTK_IS_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2493 first_radio = 0; | |
2494 | |
2495 if (GTK_IS_SEPARATOR_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2496 { | |
2497 if (! xg_separator_p (cur->name)) | |
2498 break; | |
2499 } | |
2500 else if (GTK_IS_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2501 { | |
2502 if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_TOGGLE) | |
2503 break; | |
2504 xg_update_toggle_item (cur, w); | |
2505 xg_update_menu_item (cur, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2506 } | |
2507 else if (GTK_IS_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2508 { | |
2509 if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO) | |
2510 break; | |
2511 xg_update_radio_item (cur, w); | |
2512 xg_update_menu_item (cur, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2513 } | |
2514 else if (GTK_IS_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2515 { | |
2516 GtkMenuItem *witem = GTK_MENU_ITEM (w); | |
2517 GtkWidget *sub; | |
2518 | |
2519 if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_NONE || | |
2520 xg_separator_p (cur->name)) | |
2521 break; | |
2522 | |
2523 xg_update_menu_item (cur, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2524 | |
2525 sub = gtk_menu_item_get_submenu (witem); | |
2526 if (sub && ! cur->contents) | |
2527 { | |
2528 /* Not a submenu anymore. */ | |
2529 gtk_widget_ref (sub); | |
2530 gtk_menu_item_remove_submenu (witem); | |
2531 gtk_widget_destroy (sub); | |
2532 } | |
2533 else if (cur->contents) | |
2534 { | |
2535 GtkWidget *nsub; | |
2536 | |
2537 nsub = xg_update_submenu (sub, f, cur->contents, | |
2538 select_cb, deactivate_cb, | |
2539 highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2540 | |
2541 /* If this item just became a submenu, we must set it. */ | |
2542 if (nsub != sub) | |
2543 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (witem, nsub); | |
2544 } | |
2545 } | |
2546 else | |
2547 { | |
2548 /* Structural difference. Remove everything from here and down | |
2549 in SUBMENU. */ | |
2550 break; | |
2551 } | |
2552 } | |
2553 | |
2554 /* Remove widgets from first structual change. */ | |
2555 if (iter) | |
2556 { | |
2557 /* If we are adding new menu items below, we must remove from | |
2558 first radio button so that radio groups become correct. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2559 if (cur && first_radio) xg_destroy_widgets (first_radio); |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2560 else xg_destroy_widgets (iter); |
49323 | 2561 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2562 |
49323 | 2563 if (cur) |
2564 { | |
2565 /* More items added. Create them. */ | |
2566 newsub = create_menus (cur, | |
2567 f, | |
2568 select_cb, | |
2569 deactivate_cb, | |
2570 highlight_cb, | |
2571 0, | |
2572 0, | |
2573 ! has_tearoff_p, | |
2574 submenu, | |
2575 cl_data, | |
2576 0); | |
2577 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2578 |
49572 | 2579 if (list) g_list_free (list); |
2580 | |
49323 | 2581 return newsub; |
2582 } | |
2583 | |
2584 /* Update the MENUBAR. | |
2585 F is the frame the menu bar belongs to. | |
2586 VAL describes the contents of the menu bar. | |
2587 If DEEP_P is non-zero, rebuild all but the top level menu names in | |
2588 the MENUBAR. If DEEP_P is zero, just rebuild the names in the menubar. | |
2589 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2590 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when a sub menu is not shown anymore. | |
2591 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2592 |
49323 | 2593 void |
2594 xg_modify_menubar_widgets (menubar, f, val, deep_p, | |
2595 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb) | |
2596 GtkWidget *menubar; | |
2597 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2598 widget_value *val; | |
2599 int deep_p; | |
2600 GCallback select_cb; | |
2601 GCallback deactivate_cb; | |
2602 GCallback highlight_cb; | |
2603 { | |
2604 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
2605 GList *list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2606 | |
2607 if (! list) return; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2608 |
49323 | 2609 cl_data = (xg_menu_cb_data*) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (menubar), |
2610 XG_FRAME_DATA); | |
2611 | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2612 xg_update_menubar (menubar, f, &list, list, 0, val->contents, |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2613 select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2614 |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2615 if (deep_p); |
49323 | 2616 { |
2617 widget_value *cur; | |
2618 | |
2619 /* Update all sub menus. | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2620 We must keep the submenus (GTK menu item widgets) since the |
49323 | 2621 X Window in the XEvent that activates the menu are those widgets. */ |
2622 | |
2623 /* Update cl_data, menu_item things in F may have changed. */ | |
2624 update_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb); | |
2625 | |
2626 for (cur = val->contents; cur; cur = cur->next) | |
2627 { | |
49572 | 2628 GList *iter; |
49323 | 2629 GtkWidget *sub = 0; |
2630 GtkWidget *newsub; | |
2631 GtkMenuItem *witem; | |
2632 | |
2633 /* Find sub menu that corresponds to val and update it. */ | |
2634 for (iter = list ; iter; iter = g_list_next (iter)) | |
2635 { | |
2636 witem = GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter->data); | |
2637 if (xg_item_label_same_p (witem, cur->name)) | |
2638 { | |
2639 sub = gtk_menu_item_get_submenu (witem); | |
2640 break; | |
2641 } | |
2642 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2643 |
49323 | 2644 newsub = xg_update_submenu (sub, |
2645 f, | |
2646 cur->contents, | |
2647 select_cb, | |
2648 deactivate_cb, | |
2649 highlight_cb, | |
2650 cl_data); | |
2651 /* sub may still be NULL. If we just updated non deep and added | |
2652 a new menu bar item, it has no sub menu yet. So we set the | |
2653 newly created sub menu under witem. */ | |
2654 if (newsub != sub) | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2655 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2656 xg_set_screen (newsub, f); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2657 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (witem, newsub); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2658 } |
49323 | 2659 } |
2660 } | |
2661 | |
49572 | 2662 g_list_free (list); |
49323 | 2663 gtk_widget_show_all (menubar); |
2664 } | |
2665 | |
2666 /* Recompute all the widgets of frame F, when the menu bar has been | |
2667 changed. Value is non-zero if widgets were updated. */ | |
2668 | |
2669 int | |
2670 xg_update_frame_menubar (f) | |
2671 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2672 { | |
2673 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
2674 GtkRequisition req; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2675 |
49323 | 2676 if (!x->menubar_widget || GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (x->menubar_widget)) |
2677 return 0; | |
2678 | |
2679 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
2680 | |
2681 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->menubar_widget, | |
2682 FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
2683 gtk_box_reorder_child (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->menubar_widget, 0); | |
2684 | |
2685 gtk_widget_show_all (x->menubar_widget); | |
2686 gtk_widget_size_request (x->menubar_widget, &req); | |
2687 | |
2688 FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) = req.height; | |
2689 | |
2690 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
2691 rows to what we had before adding the menu bar. */ | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
2692 xg_resize_outer_widget (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2693 |
49323 | 2694 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
2695 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
50106
5675d6a0080c
(xg_update_frame_menubar): Add missing return value.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50099
diff
changeset
|
2696 |
5675d6a0080c
(xg_update_frame_menubar): Add missing return value.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50099
diff
changeset
|
2697 return 1; |
49323 | 2698 } |
2699 | |
2700 /* Get rid of the menu bar of frame F, and free its storage. | |
2701 This is used when deleting a frame, and when turning off the menu bar. */ | |
2702 | |
2703 void | |
2704 free_frame_menubar (f) | |
2705 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2706 { | |
2707 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
2708 | |
2709 if (x->menubar_widget) | |
2710 { | |
2711 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
2712 | |
2713 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (x->vbox_widget), x->menubar_widget); | |
2714 /* The menubar and its children shall be deleted when removed from | |
2715 the container. */ | |
2716 x->menubar_widget = 0; | |
2717 FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) = 0; | |
2718 | |
2719 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
2720 rows to what we had before removing the menu bar. */ | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
2721 xg_resize_outer_widget (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 2722 |
2723 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
2724 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
2725 } | |
2726 } | |
2727 | |
2728 | |
2729 | |
2730 /*********************************************************************** | |
2731 Scroll bar functions | |
2732 ***********************************************************************/ | |
2733 | |
2734 | |
2735 /* Setting scroll bar values invokes the callback. Use this variable | |
2736 to indicate that callback should do nothing. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2737 |
49323 | 2738 int xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar; |
2739 | |
2740 /* SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW assumes the second argument fits in | |
2741 32 bits. But we want to store pointers, and they may be larger | |
2742 than 32 bits. Keep a mapping from integer index to widget pointers | |
2743 to get around the 32 bit limitation. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2744 |
49323 | 2745 static struct |
2746 { | |
2747 GtkWidget **widgets; | |
2748 int max_size; | |
2749 int used; | |
49419
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
2750 } id_to_widget; |
49323 | 2751 |
2752 /* Grow this much every time we need to allocate more */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2753 |
49323 | 2754 #define ID_TO_WIDGET_INCR 32 |
2755 | |
2756 /* Store the widget pointer W in id_to_widget and return the integer index. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2757 |
49323 | 2758 static int |
2759 xg_store_widget_in_map (w) | |
2760 GtkWidget *w; | |
2761 { | |
2762 int i; | |
2763 | |
2764 if (id_to_widget.max_size == id_to_widget.used) | |
2765 { | |
2766 int new_size = id_to_widget.max_size + ID_TO_WIDGET_INCR; | |
2767 | |
2768 id_to_widget.widgets = xrealloc (id_to_widget.widgets, | |
2769 sizeof (GtkWidget *)*new_size); | |
2770 | |
2771 for (i = id_to_widget.max_size; i < new_size; ++i) | |
2772 id_to_widget.widgets[i] = 0; | |
2773 id_to_widget.max_size = new_size; | |
2774 } | |
2775 | |
2776 /* Just loop over the array and find a free place. After all, | |
2777 how many scroll bars are we creating? Should be a small number. | |
2778 The check above guarantees we will find a free place. */ | |
2779 for (i = 0; i < id_to_widget.max_size; ++i) | |
2780 { | |
2781 if (! id_to_widget.widgets[i]) | |
2782 { | |
2783 id_to_widget.widgets[i] = w; | |
2784 ++id_to_widget.used; | |
2785 | |
2786 return i; | |
2787 } | |
2788 } | |
2789 | |
2790 /* Should never end up here */ | |
2791 abort (); | |
2792 } | |
2793 | |
2794 /* Remove pointer at IDX from id_to_widget. | |
2795 Called when scroll bar is destroyed. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2796 |
49323 | 2797 static void |
2798 xg_remove_widget_from_map (idx) | |
2799 int idx; | |
2800 { | |
2801 if (idx < id_to_widget.max_size && id_to_widget.widgets[idx] != 0) | |
2802 { | |
2803 id_to_widget.widgets[idx] = 0; | |
2804 --id_to_widget.used; | |
2805 } | |
2806 } | |
2807 | |
2808 /* Get the widget pointer at IDX from id_to_widget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2809 |
49323 | 2810 static GtkWidget * |
2811 xg_get_widget_from_map (idx) | |
2812 int idx; | |
2813 { | |
2814 if (idx < id_to_widget.max_size && id_to_widget.widgets[idx] != 0) | |
2815 return id_to_widget.widgets[idx]; | |
2816 | |
2817 return 0; | |
2818 } | |
2819 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2820 /* Return the scrollbar id for X Window WID on display DPY. |
50063 | 2821 Return -1 if WID not in id_to_widget. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2822 |
50063 | 2823 int |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2824 xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (dpy, wid) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2825 Display *dpy; |
50063 | 2826 Window wid; |
2827 { | |
2828 int idx; | |
2829 GtkWidget *w; | |
2830 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2831 w = xg_win_to_widget (dpy, wid); |
50063 | 2832 |
2833 if (w) | |
2834 { | |
2835 for (idx = 0; idx < id_to_widget.max_size; ++idx) | |
2836 if (id_to_widget.widgets[idx] == w) | |
2837 return idx; | |
2838 } | |
2839 | |
2840 return -1; | |
2841 } | |
2842 | |
49323 | 2843 /* Callback invoked when scroll bar WIDGET is destroyed. |
2844 DATA is the index into id_to_widget for WIDGET. | |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
2845 We free pointer to last scroll bar values here and remove the index. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2846 |
49323 | 2847 static void |
2848 xg_gtk_scroll_destroy (widget, data) | |
2849 GtkWidget *widget; | |
2850 gpointer data; | |
2851 { | |
2852 gpointer p; | |
2853 int id = (int)data; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2854 |
49323 | 2855 p = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), XG_LAST_SB_DATA); |
2856 if (p) xfree (p); | |
2857 xg_remove_widget_from_map (id); | |
2858 } | |
2859 | |
2860 /* Callback for button press/release events. Used to start timer so that | |
2861 the scroll bar repetition timer in GTK gets handeled. | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
2862 Also, sets bar->dragging to Qnil when dragging (button release) is done. |
49323 | 2863 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget the event is for (not used). |
2864 EVENT contains the event. | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
2865 USER_DATA points to the struct scrollbar structure. |
49323 | 2866 |
2867 Returns FALSE to tell GTK that it shall continue propagate the event | |
2868 to widgets. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2869 |
49323 | 2870 static gboolean |
2871 scroll_bar_button_cb (widget, event, user_data) | |
2872 GtkWidget *widget; | |
2873 GdkEventButton *event; | |
2874 gpointer user_data; | |
2875 { | |
2876 if (event->type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS && ! xg_timer) | |
2877 xg_start_timer (); | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
2878 else if (event->type == GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE) |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
2879 { |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
2880 struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) user_data; |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
2881 if (xg_timer) xg_stop_timer (); |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
2882 bar->dragging = Qnil; |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
2883 } |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
2884 |
49323 | 2885 return FALSE; |
2886 } | |
2887 | |
2888 /* Create a scroll bar widget for frame F. Store the scroll bar | |
2889 in BAR. | |
2890 SCROLL_CALLBACK is the callback to invoke when the value of the | |
2891 bar changes. | |
2892 SCROLL_BAR_NAME is the name we use for the scroll bar. Can be used | |
2893 to set resources for the widget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2894 |
49323 | 2895 void |
2896 xg_create_scroll_bar (f, bar, scroll_callback, scroll_bar_name) | |
2897 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2898 struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
2899 GCallback scroll_callback; | |
2900 char *scroll_bar_name; | |
2901 { | |
2902 GtkWidget *wscroll; | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2903 GtkWidget *webox; |
49323 | 2904 GtkObject *vadj; |
2905 int scroll_id; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2906 |
49323 | 2907 /* Page, step increment values are not so important here, they |
2908 will be corrected in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb. */ | |
2909 vadj = gtk_adjustment_new (XG_SB_MIN, XG_SB_MIN, XG_SB_MAX, | |
2910 0.1, 0.1, 0.1); | |
2911 | |
2912 wscroll = gtk_vscrollbar_new (GTK_ADJUSTMENT (vadj)); | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2913 webox = gtk_event_box_new (); |
49323 | 2914 gtk_widget_set_name (wscroll, scroll_bar_name); |
2915 gtk_range_set_update_policy (GTK_RANGE (wscroll), GTK_UPDATE_CONTINUOUS); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2916 |
49323 | 2917 scroll_id = xg_store_widget_in_map (wscroll); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2918 |
50521
3b4cda88d7ef
* xterm.c (xg_scroll_callback): Call gtk_range_get_adjustment to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50333
diff
changeset
|
2919 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), |
49323 | 2920 "value-changed", |
2921 scroll_callback, | |
50521
3b4cda88d7ef
* xterm.c (xg_scroll_callback): Call gtk_range_get_adjustment to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50333
diff
changeset
|
2922 (gpointer) bar); |
49323 | 2923 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), |
2924 "destroy", | |
2925 G_CALLBACK (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy), | |
50521
3b4cda88d7ef
* xterm.c (xg_scroll_callback): Call gtk_range_get_adjustment to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50333
diff
changeset
|
2926 (gpointer) scroll_id); |
49323 | 2927 |
2928 /* Connect to button press and button release to detect if any scroll bar | |
2929 has the pointer. */ | |
2930 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), | |
2931 "button-press-event", | |
2932 G_CALLBACK (scroll_bar_button_cb), | |
50521
3b4cda88d7ef
* xterm.c (xg_scroll_callback): Call gtk_range_get_adjustment to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50333
diff
changeset
|
2933 (gpointer) bar); |
49323 | 2934 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), |
2935 "button-release-event", | |
2936 G_CALLBACK (scroll_bar_button_cb), | |
50521
3b4cda88d7ef
* xterm.c (xg_scroll_callback): Call gtk_range_get_adjustment to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50333
diff
changeset
|
2937 (gpointer) bar); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2938 |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2939 /* The scroll bar widget does not draw on a window of its own. Instead |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2940 it draws on the parent window, in this case the edit widget. So |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2941 whenever the edit widget is cleared, the scroll bar needs to redraw |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2942 also, which causes flicker. Put an event box between the edit widget |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2943 and the scroll bar, so the scroll bar instead draws itself on the |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2944 event box window. */ |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2945 gtk_fixed_put (GTK_FIXED (f->output_data.x->edit_widget), webox, -1, -1); |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2946 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (webox), wscroll); |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2947 |
49323 | 2948 |
2949 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. */ | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2950 xg_set_cursor (webox, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->xg_cursor); |
49323 | 2951 |
2952 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar, scroll_id); | |
2953 } | |
2954 | |
2955 /* Make the scroll bar represented by SCROLLBAR_ID visible. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2956 |
49323 | 2957 void |
2958 xg_show_scroll_bar (scrollbar_id) | |
2959 int scrollbar_id; | |
2960 { | |
2961 GtkWidget *w = xg_get_widget_from_map (scrollbar_id); | |
2962 if (w) | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2963 gtk_widget_show_all (gtk_widget_get_parent (w)); |
49323 | 2964 } |
2965 | |
2966 /* Remove the scroll bar represented by SCROLLBAR_ID from the frame F. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2967 |
49323 | 2968 void |
2969 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f, scrollbar_id) | |
2970 FRAME_PTR f; | |
2971 int scrollbar_id; | |
2972 { | |
2973 GtkWidget *w = xg_get_widget_from_map (scrollbar_id); | |
2974 if (w) | |
2975 { | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2976 GtkWidget *wparent = gtk_widget_get_parent (w); |
49323 | 2977 gtk_widget_destroy (w); |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2978 gtk_widget_destroy (wparent); |
49323 | 2979 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
2980 } | |
2981 } | |
2982 | |
2983 /* Update the position of the vertical scroll bar represented by SCROLLBAR_ID | |
2984 in frame F. | |
2985 TOP/LEFT are the new pixel positions where the bar shall appear. | |
2986 WIDTH, HEIGHT is the size in pixels the bar shall have. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2987 |
49323 | 2988 void |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
2989 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f, scrollbar_id, top, left, width, height) |
49323 | 2990 FRAME_PTR f; |
2991 int scrollbar_id; | |
2992 int top; | |
2993 int left; | |
2994 int width; | |
2995 int height; | |
2996 { | |
49572 | 2997 |
2998 GtkWidget *wscroll = xg_get_widget_from_map (scrollbar_id); | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
2999 |
49572 | 3000 if (wscroll) |
3001 { | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3002 GtkWidget *wfixed = f->output_data.x->edit_widget; |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3003 GtkWidget *wparent = gtk_widget_get_parent (wscroll); |
55342
44d086f5e08a
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call XClearWindow to clear
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53275
diff
changeset
|
3004 |
44d086f5e08a
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call XClearWindow to clear
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53275
diff
changeset
|
3005 /* Move and resize to new values. */ |
44d086f5e08a
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call XClearWindow to clear
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53275
diff
changeset
|
3006 gtk_widget_set_size_request (wscroll, width, height); |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3007 gtk_fixed_move (GTK_FIXED (wfixed), wparent, left, top); |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3008 |
49572 | 3009 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
3010 cancel_mouse_face (f); | |
3011 } | |
49323 | 3012 } |
3013 | |
3014 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently | |
3015 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3016 |
49323 | 3017 void |
3018 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole) | |
3019 struct scroll_bar *bar; | |
3020 int portion, position, whole; | |
3021 { | |
3022 GtkWidget *wscroll = xg_get_widget_from_map (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar)); | |
3023 | |
3024 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); | |
3025 | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3026 if (wscroll && NILP (bar->dragging)) |
49323 | 3027 { |
3028 GtkAdjustment *adj; | |
3029 gdouble shown; | |
3030 gdouble top; | |
3031 int size, value; | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3032 int new_step; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3033 int changed = 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3034 |
49323 | 3035 adj = gtk_range_get_adjustment (GTK_RANGE (wscroll)); |
3036 | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3037 /* We do the same as for MOTIF in xterm.c, assume 30 chars per line |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3038 rather than the real portion value. This makes the thumb less likely |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3039 to resize and that looks better. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3040 portion = WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar->window)) * 30; |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3041 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole. |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3042 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */ |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3043 whole += portion; |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3044 |
49323 | 3045 if (whole <= 0) |
3046 top = 0, shown = 1; | |
3047 else | |
3048 { | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3049 top = (gdouble) position / whole; |
49323 | 3050 shown = (gdouble) portion / whole; |
3051 } | |
3052 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3053 size = shown * XG_SB_RANGE; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3054 size = min (size, XG_SB_RANGE); |
49323 | 3055 size = max (size, 1); |
3056 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3057 value = top * XG_SB_RANGE; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3058 value = min (value, XG_SB_MAX - size); |
49323 | 3059 value = max (value, XG_SB_MIN); |
3060 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3061 /* Assume all lines are of equal size. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3062 new_step = size / max (1, FRAME_LINES (f)); |
50178
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3063 |
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3064 if ((int) adj->page_size != size |
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3065 || (int) adj->step_increment != new_step) |
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3066 { |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3067 adj->page_size = size; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3068 adj->step_increment = new_step; |
50178
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3069 /* Assume a page increment is about 95% of the page size */ |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3070 adj->page_increment = (int) (0.95*adj->page_size); |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3071 changed = 1; |
50178
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3072 } |
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3073 |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3074 if (changed || (int) gtk_range_get_value (GTK_RANGE (wscroll)) != value) |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3075 { |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3076 GtkWidget *wfixed = f->output_data.x->edit_widget; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3077 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3078 BLOCK_INPUT; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3079 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3080 /* gtk_range_set_value invokes the callback. Set |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3081 ignore_gtk_scrollbar to make the callback do nothing */ |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3082 xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar = 1; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3083 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3084 if ((int) gtk_range_get_value (GTK_RANGE (wscroll)) != value) |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3085 gtk_range_set_value (GTK_RANGE (wscroll), (gdouble)value); |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3086 else if (changed) |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3087 gtk_adjustment_changed (adj); |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3088 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3089 xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar = 0; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3090 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3091 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3092 } |
49323 | 3093 } |
3094 } | |
3095 | |
3096 | |
3097 /*********************************************************************** | |
3098 Tool bar functions | |
3099 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3100 /* The key for the data we put in the GtkImage widgets. The data is | |
3101 the image used by Emacs. We use this to see if we need to update | |
3102 the GtkImage with a new image. */ | |
3103 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA "emacs-tool-bar-image" | |
3104 | |
3105 /* Callback function invoked when a tool bar item is pressed. | |
3106 W is the button widget in the tool bar that got pressed, | |
3107 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the | |
3108 tool bar. 0 is the first button. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3109 |
49323 | 3110 static void |
3111 xg_tool_bar_callback (w, client_data) | |
3112 GtkWidget *w; | |
3113 gpointer client_data; | |
3114 { | |
3115 int idx = (int)client_data; | |
3116 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_FRAME_DATA); | |
3117 Lisp_Object key, frame; | |
3118 struct input_event event; | |
51569
e7bd8581e306
(xg_tool_bar_callback): Don't pass uninitialized
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51432
diff
changeset
|
3119 EVENT_INIT (event); |
49323 | 3120 |
3121 if (! f || ! f->n_tool_bar_items || NILP (f->tool_bar_items)) | |
3122 return; | |
3123 | |
3124 idx *= TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3125 |
49323 | 3126 key = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY); |
3127 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
3128 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT; | |
3129 event.frame_or_window = frame; | |
3130 event.arg = frame; | |
3131 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); | |
3132 | |
3133 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT; | |
3134 event.frame_or_window = frame; | |
3135 event.arg = key; | |
3136 event.modifiers = 0; /* These are not available. */ | |
3137 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); | |
3138 } | |
3139 | |
3140 /* This callback is called when a tool bar is detached. We must set | |
3141 the height of the tool bar to zero when this happens so frame sizes | |
3142 are correctly calculated. | |
3143 WBOX is the handle box widget that enables detach/attach of the tool bar. | |
3144 W is the tool bar widget. | |
3145 CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the frame the tool bar belongs to. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3146 |
49323 | 3147 static void |
3148 xg_tool_bar_detach_callback (wbox, w, client_data) | |
3149 GtkHandleBox *wbox; | |
3150 GtkWidget *w; | |
3151 gpointer client_data; | |
3152 { | |
3153 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) client_data; | |
3154 | |
3155 if (f) | |
3156 { | |
3157 /* When detaching a tool bar, not everything dissapear. There are | |
3158 a few pixels left that are used to drop the tool bar back into | |
3159 place. */ | |
3160 int bw = gtk_container_get_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (wbox)); | |
3161 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = 2; | |
3162 | |
3163 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
3164 rows to what we had before detaching the tool bar. */ | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3165 xg_resize_outer_widget (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 3166 } |
3167 } | |
3168 | |
3169 /* This callback is called when a tool bar is reattached. We must set | |
3170 the height of the tool bar when this happens so frame sizes | |
3171 are correctly calculated. | |
3172 WBOX is the handle box widget that enables detach/attach of the tool bar. | |
3173 W is the tool bar widget. | |
3174 CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the frame the tool bar belongs to. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3175 |
49323 | 3176 static void |
3177 xg_tool_bar_attach_callback (wbox, w, client_data) | |
3178 GtkHandleBox *wbox; | |
3179 GtkWidget *w; | |
3180 gpointer client_data; | |
3181 { | |
3182 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) client_data; | |
3183 | |
3184 if (f) | |
3185 { | |
3186 GtkRequisition req; | |
3187 | |
3188 gtk_widget_size_request (w, &req); | |
3189 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = req.height; | |
3190 | |
3191 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
3192 rows to what we had before detaching the tool bar. */ | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3193 xg_resize_outer_widget (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 3194 } |
3195 } | |
3196 | |
3197 /* This callback is called when the mouse enters or leaves a tool bar item. | |
3198 It is used for displaying and hiding the help text. | |
3199 W is the tool bar item, a button. | |
3200 EVENT is either an enter event or leave event. | |
3201 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the | |
3202 tool bar. 0 is the first button. | |
3203 | |
3204 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3205 |
49323 | 3206 static gboolean |
3207 xg_tool_bar_help_callback (w, event, client_data) | |
3208 GtkWidget *w; | |
3209 GdkEventCrossing *event; | |
3210 gpointer client_data; | |
3211 { | |
3212 int idx = (int)client_data; | |
3213 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_FRAME_DATA); | |
3214 Lisp_Object help, frame; | |
3215 | |
3216 if (! GTK_IS_BUTTON (w)) | |
3217 { | |
3218 return FALSE; | |
3219 } | |
3220 | |
3221 if (! f || ! f->n_tool_bar_items || NILP (f->tool_bar_items)) | |
50108
a9ff586d3d09
(xg_tool_bar_help_callback): Add missing return value.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50106
diff
changeset
|
3222 return FALSE; |
49323 | 3223 |
3224 if (event->type == GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY) | |
3225 { | |
3226 idx *= TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS; | |
3227 help = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP); | |
3228 | |
3229 if (NILP (help)) | |
3230 help = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION); | |
3231 } | |
3232 else | |
3233 help = Qnil; | |
3234 | |
3235 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
3236 kbd_buffer_store_help_event (frame, help); | |
3237 | |
3238 return FALSE; | |
3239 } | |
3240 | |
3241 | |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3242 /* This callback is called when a tool bar item shall be redrawn. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3243 It modifies the expose event so that the GtkImage widget redraws the |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3244 whole image. This to overcome a bug that makes GtkImage draw the image |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3245 in the wrong place when it tries to redraw just a part of the image. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3246 W is the GtkImage to be redrawn. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3247 EVENT is the expose event for W. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3248 CLIENT_DATA is unused. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3249 |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3250 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3251 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3252 static gboolean |
50063 | 3253 xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback (w, event, client_data) |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3254 GtkWidget *w; |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3255 GdkEventExpose *event; |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3256 gpointer client_data; |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3257 { |
50333
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3258 gint width, height; |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3259 |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3260 gdk_drawable_get_size (event->window, &width, &height); |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3261 |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3262 event->area.x -= width > event->area.width ? width-event->area.width : 0; |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3263 event->area.y -= height > event->area.height ? height-event->area.height : 0; |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3264 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3265 event->area.x = max (0, event->area.x); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3266 event->area.y = max (0, event->area.y); |
50333
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3267 |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3268 event->area.width = max (width, event->area.width); |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3269 event->area.height = max (height, event->area.height); |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3270 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3271 return FALSE; |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3272 } |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3273 |
50063 | 3274 /* This callback is called when a tool bar shall be redrawn. |
3275 We need to update the tool bar from here in case the image cache | |
3276 has deleted the pixmaps used in the tool bar. | |
3277 W is the GtkToolbar to be redrawn. | |
3278 EVENT is the expose event for W. | |
3279 CLIENT_DATA is pointing to the frame for this tool bar. | |
3280 | |
3281 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3282 |
50063 | 3283 static gboolean |
3284 xg_tool_bar_expose_callback (w, event, client_data) | |
3285 GtkWidget *w; | |
3286 GdkEventExpose *event; | |
3287 gpointer client_data; | |
3288 { | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3289 update_frame_tool_bar ((FRAME_PTR) client_data); |
50063 | 3290 return FALSE; |
3291 } | |
3292 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3293 /* Create a tool bar for frame F. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3294 |
49323 | 3295 static void |
3296 xg_create_tool_bar (f) | |
3297 FRAME_PTR f; | |
3298 { | |
3299 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
3300 GtkRequisition req; | |
3301 int vbox_pos = x->menubar_widget ? 1 : 0; | |
3302 | |
3303 x->toolbar_widget = gtk_toolbar_new (); | |
3304 x->handlebox_widget = gtk_handle_box_new (); | |
3305 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (x->handlebox_widget), | |
3306 x->toolbar_widget); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3307 |
49323 | 3308 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->handlebox_widget, |
3309 FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3310 |
49323 | 3311 gtk_box_reorder_child (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->handlebox_widget, |
3312 vbox_pos); | |
3313 | |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3314 gtk_widget_set_name (x->toolbar_widget, "emacs-toolbar"); |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3315 |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3316 /* We only have icons, so override any user setting. We could |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3317 use the caption property of the toolbar item (see update_frame_tool_bar |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3318 below), but some of those strings are long, making the toolbar so |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3319 long it does not fit on the screen. The GtkToolbar widget makes every |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3320 item equal size, so the longest caption determine the size of every |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3321 tool bar item. I think the creators of the GtkToolbar widget |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3322 counted on 4 or 5 character long strings. */ |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3323 gtk_toolbar_set_style (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS); |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3324 gtk_toolbar_set_orientation (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3325 GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL); |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3326 |
49323 | 3327 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (x->handlebox_widget), "child-detached", |
3328 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback), f); | |
3329 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (x->handlebox_widget), "child-attached", | |
3330 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_attach_callback), f); | |
50063 | 3331 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (x->toolbar_widget), |
3332 "expose-event", | |
3333 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback), | |
3334 f); | |
49323 | 3335 |
3336 gtk_widget_show_all (x->handlebox_widget); | |
3337 | |
3338 gtk_widget_size_request (x->toolbar_widget, &req); | |
3339 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = req.height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3340 |
49323 | 3341 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns |
3342 rows to what we had before adding the tool bar. */ | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3343 xg_resize_outer_widget (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3344 |
49323 | 3345 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
3346 } | |
3347 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3348 /* Update the tool bar for frame F. Add new buttons and remove old. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3349 |
49323 | 3350 void |
3351 update_frame_tool_bar (f) | |
3352 FRAME_PTR f; | |
3353 { | |
3354 int i; | |
3355 GtkRequisition old_req, new_req; | |
3356 GList *icon_list; | |
49572 | 3357 GList *iter; |
49323 | 3358 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; |
3359 | |
3360 if (! FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)) | |
3361 return; | |
3362 | |
3363 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3364 |
49323 | 3365 if (! x->toolbar_widget) |
3366 xg_create_tool_bar (f); | |
3367 | |
3368 gtk_widget_size_request (x->toolbar_widget, &old_req); | |
3369 | |
3370 icon_list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (x->toolbar_widget)); | |
49572 | 3371 iter = icon_list; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3372 |
49323 | 3373 for (i = 0; i < f->n_tool_bar_items; ++i) |
3374 { | |
3375 #define PROP(IDX) AREF (f->tool_bar_items, i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX)) | |
3376 | |
3377 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P)); | |
3378 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P)); | |
3379 int idx; | |
3380 int img_id; | |
3381 struct image *img; | |
3382 Lisp_Object image; | |
49572 | 3383 GtkWidget *wicon = iter ? GTK_WIDGET (iter->data) : 0; |
50059
ffb4a4dbe4c0
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Compare pixmap ID instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49826
diff
changeset
|
3384 |
49572 | 3385 if (iter) iter = g_list_next (iter); |
49323 | 3386 |
3387 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the | |
3388 button state. */ | |
3389 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES); | |
3390 if (VECTORP (image)) | |
3391 { | |
3392 if (enabled_p) | |
3393 idx = (selected_p | |
3394 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED | |
3395 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED); | |
3396 else | |
3397 idx = (selected_p | |
3398 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED | |
3399 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED); | |
3400 | |
3401 xassert (ASIZE (image) >= idx); | |
3402 image = AREF (image, idx); | |
3403 } | |
3404 else | |
3405 idx = -1; | |
3406 | |
3407 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */ | |
3408 if (!valid_image_p (image)) | |
3409 { | |
3410 if (wicon) gtk_widget_hide (wicon); | |
3411 continue; | |
3412 } | |
3413 | |
3414 img_id = lookup_image (f, image); | |
3415 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (f, img_id); | |
49468
f2be5cd8262f
gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Call prepare_image_for_display
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49434
diff
changeset
|
3416 prepare_image_for_display (f, img); |
f2be5cd8262f
gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Call prepare_image_for_display
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49434
diff
changeset
|
3417 |
f2be5cd8262f
gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Call prepare_image_for_display
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49434
diff
changeset
|
3418 if (img->load_failed_p || img->pixmap == None) |
f2be5cd8262f
gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Call prepare_image_for_display
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49434
diff
changeset
|
3419 { |
f2be5cd8262f
gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Call prepare_image_for_display
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49434
diff
changeset
|
3420 if (wicon) gtk_widget_hide (wicon); |
f2be5cd8262f
gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Call prepare_image_for_display
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49434
diff
changeset
|
3421 continue; |
f2be5cd8262f
gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Call prepare_image_for_display
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49434
diff
changeset
|
3422 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3423 |
49323 | 3424 if (! wicon) |
3425 { | |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
3426 GtkWidget *w = xg_get_image_for_pixmap (f, img, x->widget, NULL); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
3427 |
49323 | 3428 gtk_toolbar_append_item (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), |
3429 0, 0, 0, | |
3430 w, | |
3431 GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (xg_tool_bar_callback), | |
3432 (gpointer)i); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3433 |
49323 | 3434 /* Save the image so we can see if an update is needed when |
3435 this function is called again. */ | |
3436 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, | |
50059
ffb4a4dbe4c0
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Compare pixmap ID instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49826
diff
changeset
|
3437 (gpointer)img->pixmap); |
49323 | 3438 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3439 /* Catch expose events to overcome an annoying redraw bug, see |
50063 | 3440 comment for xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback. */ |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3441 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3442 "expose-event", |
50063 | 3443 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback), |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3444 0); |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3445 |
49323 | 3446 /* We must set sensitive on the button that is the parent |
3447 of the GtkImage parent. Go upwards until we find the button. */ | |
3448 while (! GTK_IS_BUTTON (w)) | |
3449 w = gtk_widget_get_parent (w); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3450 |
49323 | 3451 if (w) |
3452 { | |
3453 /* Save the frame in the button so the xg_tool_bar_callback | |
3454 can get at it. */ | |
3455 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_FRAME_DATA, (gpointer)f); | |
3456 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, enabled_p); | |
3457 | |
3458 /* Use enter/leave notify to show help. We use the events | |
3459 rather than the GtkButton specific signals "enter" and | |
3460 "leave", so we can have only one callback. The event | |
3461 will tell us what kind of event it is. */ | |
3462 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), | |
3463 "enter-notify-event", | |
3464 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_help_callback), | |
3465 (gpointer)i); | |
3466 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), | |
3467 "leave-notify-event", | |
3468 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_help_callback), | |
3469 (gpointer)i); | |
3470 } | |
3471 } | |
3472 else | |
3473 { | |
3474 /* The child of the tool bar is a button. Inside that button | |
3475 is a vbox. Inside that vbox is the GtkImage. */ | |
3476 GtkWidget *wvbox = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (wicon)); | |
49572 | 3477 GList *chlist = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (wvbox)); |
3478 GtkImage *wimage = GTK_IMAGE (chlist->data); | |
50059
ffb4a4dbe4c0
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Compare pixmap ID instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49826
diff
changeset
|
3479 Pixmap old_img = (Pixmap)g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), |
ffb4a4dbe4c0
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Compare pixmap ID instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49826
diff
changeset
|
3480 XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA); |
49572 | 3481 g_list_free (chlist); |
49323 | 3482 |
50059
ffb4a4dbe4c0
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Compare pixmap ID instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49826
diff
changeset
|
3483 if (old_img != img->pixmap) |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
3484 (void) xg_get_image_for_pixmap (f, img, x->widget, wimage); |
49323 | 3485 |
3486 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, | |
50059
ffb4a4dbe4c0
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Compare pixmap ID instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49826
diff
changeset
|
3487 (gpointer)img->pixmap); |
49323 | 3488 |
3489 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (wicon, enabled_p); | |
3490 gtk_widget_show (wicon); | |
3491 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3492 |
49323 | 3493 #undef PROP |
3494 } | |
3495 | |
3496 /* Remove buttons not longer needed. We just hide them so they | |
3497 can be reused later on. */ | |
49572 | 3498 while (iter) |
49323 | 3499 { |
49572 | 3500 GtkWidget *w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); |
49323 | 3501 gtk_widget_hide (w); |
49572 | 3502 iter = g_list_next (iter); |
49323 | 3503 } |
3504 | |
3505 gtk_widget_size_request (x->toolbar_widget, &new_req); | |
3506 if (old_req.height != new_req.height) | |
3507 { | |
3508 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = new_req.height; | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3509 xg_resize_outer_widget (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 3510 } |
3511 | |
49572 | 3512 if (icon_list) g_list_free (icon_list); |
3513 | |
49323 | 3514 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
3515 } | |
3516 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3517 /* Deallocate all resources for the tool bar on frame F. |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3518 Remove the tool bar. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3519 |
49323 | 3520 void |
3521 free_frame_tool_bar (f) | |
3522 FRAME_PTR f; | |
3523 { | |
3524 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
3525 | |
3526 if (x->toolbar_widget) | |
3527 { | |
3528 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
3529 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (x->vbox_widget), | |
3530 x->handlebox_widget); | |
3531 x->toolbar_widget = 0; | |
3532 x->handlebox_widget = 0; | |
3533 FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f) = 0; | |
3534 | |
3535 /* The height has changed, resize outer widget and set columns | |
3536 rows to what we had before removing the tool bar. */ | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3537 xg_resize_outer_widget (f, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49323 | 3538 |
3539 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); | |
3540 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
3541 } | |
3542 } | |
3543 | |
3544 | |
3545 | |
3546 /*********************************************************************** | |
3547 Initializing | |
3548 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3549 void | |
3550 xg_initialize () | |
3551 { | |
3552 xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar = 0; | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
3553 xg_detached_menus = 0; |
49323 | 3554 xg_menu_cb_list.prev = xg_menu_cb_list.next = |
3555 xg_menu_item_cb_list.prev = xg_menu_item_cb_list.next = 0; | |
3556 | |
49419
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
3557 id_to_widget.max_size = id_to_widget.used = 0; |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
3558 id_to_widget.widgets = 0; |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
3559 |
49323 | 3560 /* Remove F10 as a menu accelerator, it does not mix well with Emacs key |
3561 bindings. It doesn't seem to be any way to remove properties, | |
3562 so we set it to VoidSymbol which in X means "no key". */ | |
3563 gtk_settings_set_string_property (gtk_settings_get_default (), | |
3564 "gtk-menu-bar-accel", | |
3565 "VoidSymbol", | |
3566 EMACS_CLASS); | |
49419
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
3567 |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
3568 /* Make GTK text input widgets use Emacs style keybindings. This is |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
3569 Emacs after all. */ |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
3570 gtk_settings_set_string_property (gtk_settings_get_default (), |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
3571 "gtk-key-theme-name", |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
3572 "Emacs", |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
3573 EMACS_CLASS); |
49323 | 3574 } |
3575 | |
3576 #endif /* USE_GTK */ | |
52401 | 3577 |
3578 /* arch-tag: fe7104da-bc1e-4aba-9bd1-f349c528f7e3 | |
3579 (do not change this comment) */ |